1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package neptune 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" 14) 15 16const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" 17 18// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21// successfully. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 42func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 56 return 57} 58 59// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 60// 61// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Neptune DB 62// cluster. 63// 64// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 65// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 66// the error. 67// 68// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 69// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. 70// 71// Returned Error Codes: 72// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 73// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 74// 75// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists" 76// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with 77// the specified DB cluster. 78// 79// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 80// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 81// 82// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" 83// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated 84// with the specified DB cluster. 85// 86// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 87func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 88 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 89 return out, req.Send() 90} 91 92// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of 93// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 94// 95// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 96// 97// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 98// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 99// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 100// for more information on using Contexts. 101func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 102 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 103 req.SetContext(ctx) 104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 105 return out, req.Send() 106} 107 108const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" 109 110// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 111// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return 112// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 113// successfully. 114// 115// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 116// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 117// 118// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 119// API call, and error handling. 120// 121// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 122// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 123// 124// 125// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. 126// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) 127// 128// err := req.Send() 129// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 130// fmt.Println(resp) 131// } 132// 133// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 134func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { 135 op := &request.Operation{ 136 Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, 137 HTTPMethod: "POST", 138 HTTPPath: "/", 139 } 140 141 if input == nil { 142 input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} 143 } 144 145 output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} 146 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 147 return 148} 149 150// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 151// 152// Adds a source identifier to an existing event notification subscription. 153// 154// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 155// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 156// the error. 157// 158// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 159// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. 160// 161// Returned Error Codes: 162// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 163// The designated subscription could not be found. 164// 165// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 166// The source could not be found. 167// 168// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 169func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 170 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 171 return out, req.Send() 172} 173 174// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of 175// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 176// 177// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 178// 179// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 180// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 181// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 182// for more information on using Contexts. 183func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 184 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 185 req.SetContext(ctx) 186 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 187 return out, req.Send() 188} 189 190const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 191 192// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 193// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 194// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 195// successfully. 196// 197// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 198// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 199// 200// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 201// API call, and error handling. 202// 203// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 204// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 205// 206// 207// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 208// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 209// 210// err := req.Send() 211// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 212// fmt.Println(resp) 213// } 214// 215// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 216func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 217 op := &request.Operation{ 218 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 219 HTTPMethod: "POST", 220 HTTPPath: "/", 221 } 222 223 if input == nil { 224 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 225 } 226 227 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 228 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 229 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 230 return 231} 232 233// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 234// 235// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon Neptune resource. These tags can also be 236// used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon 237// Neptune resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for 238// Amazon Neptune. 239// 240// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 241// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 242// the error. 243// 244// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 245// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 246// 247// Returned Error Codes: 248// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 249// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 250// 251// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 252// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 253// 254// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 255// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 256// 257// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 258func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 259 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 260 return out, req.Send() 261} 262 263// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 264// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 265// 266// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 267// 268// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 269// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 270// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 271// for more information on using Contexts. 272func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 273 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 274 req.SetContext(ctx) 275 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 276 return out, req.Send() 277} 278 279const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" 280 281// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 282// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return 283// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 284// successfully. 285// 286// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 287// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 288// 289// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 290// API call, and error handling. 291// 292// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 293// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 294// 295// 296// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. 297// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) 298// 299// err := req.Send() 300// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 301// fmt.Println(resp) 302// } 303// 304// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 305func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { 306 op := &request.Operation{ 307 Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, 308 HTTPMethod: "POST", 309 HTTPPath: "/", 310 } 311 312 if input == nil { 313 input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} 314 } 315 316 output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} 317 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 318 return 319} 320 321// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Neptune. 322// 323// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB 324// instance). 325// 326// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 327// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 328// the error. 329// 330// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 331// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. 332// 333// Returned Error Codes: 334// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 335// The specified resource ID was not found. 336// 337// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 338func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 339 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 340 return out, req.Send() 341} 342 343// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of 344// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 345// 346// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation. 347// 348// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 349// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 350// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 351// for more information on using Contexts. 352func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 353 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 354 req.SetContext(ctx) 355 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 356 return out, req.Send() 357} 358 359const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" 360 361// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 362// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 363// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 364// successfully. 365// 366// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 367// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 368// 369// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 370// API call, and error handling. 371// 372// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 373// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 374// 375// 376// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 377// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 378// 379// err := req.Send() 380// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 381// fmt.Println(resp) 382// } 383// 384// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 385func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 386 op := &request.Operation{ 387 Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, 388 HTTPMethod: "POST", 389 HTTPPath: "/", 390 } 391 392 if input == nil { 393 input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 394 } 395 396 output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 397 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 398 return 399} 400 401// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 402// 403// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. 404// 405// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 406// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 407// the error. 408// 409// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 410// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 411// 412// Returned Error Codes: 413// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 414// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 415// 416// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 417// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 418// groups. 419// 420// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 421// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 422// 423// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 424func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 425 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 426 return out, req.Send() 427} 428 429// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 430// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 431// 432// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 433// 434// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 435// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 436// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 437// for more information on using Contexts. 438func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 439 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 440 req.SetContext(ctx) 441 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 442 return out, req.Send() 443} 444 445const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" 446 447// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 448// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 449// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 450// successfully. 451// 452// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 453// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 454// 455// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 456// API call, and error handling. 457// 458// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 459// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 460// 461// 462// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 463// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 464// 465// err := req.Send() 466// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 467// fmt.Println(resp) 468// } 469// 470// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 471func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 472 op := &request.Operation{ 473 Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, 474 HTTPMethod: "POST", 475 HTTPPath: "/", 476 } 477 478 if input == nil { 479 input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 480 } 481 482 output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 483 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 484 return 485} 486 487// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 488// 489// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. 490// 491// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 492// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. 493// 494// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 495// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 496// the error. 497// 498// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 499// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 500// 501// Returned Error Codes: 502// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 503// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 504// 505// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 506// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 507// 508// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 509// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 510// 511// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 512// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 513// 514// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 515// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 516// 517// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 518// Error accessing KMS key. 519// 520// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 521func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 522 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 523 return out, req.Send() 524} 525 526// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 527// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 528// 529// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 530// 531// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 532// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 533// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 534// for more information on using Contexts. 535func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 536 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 537 req.SetContext(ctx) 538 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 539 return out, req.Send() 540} 541 542const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" 543 544// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 545// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 546// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 547// successfully. 548// 549// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 550// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 551// 552// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup 553// API call, and error handling. 554// 555// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 556// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 557// 558// 559// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 560// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 561// 562// err := req.Send() 563// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 564// fmt.Println(resp) 565// } 566// 567// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 568func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { 569 op := &request.Operation{ 570 Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, 571 HTTPMethod: "POST", 572 HTTPPath: "/", 573 } 574 575 if input == nil { 576 input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} 577 } 578 579 output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} 580 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 581 return 582} 583 584// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 585// 586// Copies the specified DB parameter group. 587// 588// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 589// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 590// the error. 591// 592// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 593// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 594// 595// Returned Error Codes: 596// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 597// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 598// 599// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 600// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 601// 602// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 603// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 604// groups. 605// 606// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 607func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 608 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 609 return out, req.Send() 610} 611 612// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 613// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 614// 615// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 616// 617// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 618// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 619// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 620// for more information on using Contexts. 621func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 622 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 623 req.SetContext(ctx) 624 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 625 return out, req.Send() 626} 627 628const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" 629 630// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 631// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return 632// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 633// successfully. 634// 635// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 636// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 637// 638// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster 639// API call, and error handling. 640// 641// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 642// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 643// 644// 645// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. 646// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) 647// 648// err := req.Send() 649// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 650// fmt.Println(resp) 651// } 652// 653// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 654func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { 655 op := &request.Operation{ 656 Name: opCreateDBCluster, 657 HTTPMethod: "POST", 658 HTTPPath: "/", 659 } 660 661 if input == nil { 662 input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} 663 } 664 665 output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} 666 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 667 return 668} 669 670// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 671// 672// Creates a new Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 673// 674// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster 675// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon Neptune DB instance. 676// 677// Note that when you create a new cluster using CreateDBCluster directly, deletion 678// protection is disabled by default (when you create a new production cluster 679// in the console, deletion protection is enabled by default). You can only 680// delete a DB cluster if its DeletionProtection field is set to false. 681// 682// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 683// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 684// the error. 685// 686// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 687// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. 688// 689// Returned Error Codes: 690// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 691// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 692// 693// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 694// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 695// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 696// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 697// 698// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 699// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 700// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 701// 702// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 703// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 704// across all DB instances. 705// 706// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 707// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 708// 709// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 710// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 711// because users' change. 712// 713// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 714// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 715// 716// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 717// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 718// 719// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 720// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 721// are not all in a common VPC. 722// 723// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 724// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 725// 726// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 727// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 728// group. 729// 730// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 731// Error accessing KMS key. 732// 733// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 734// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 735// 736// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 737// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 738// 739// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 740// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 741// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 742// 743// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 744func (c *Neptune) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 745 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 746 return out, req.Send() 747} 748 749// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of 750// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 751// 752// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 753// 754// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 755// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 756// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 757// for more information on using Contexts. 758func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 759 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 760 req.SetContext(ctx) 761 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 762 return out, req.Send() 763} 764 765const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" 766 767// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 768// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 769// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 770// successfully. 771// 772// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 773// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 774// 775// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 776// API call, and error handling. 777// 778// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 779// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 780// 781// 782// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 783// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 784// 785// err := req.Send() 786// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 787// fmt.Println(resp) 788// } 789// 790// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 791func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 792 op := &request.Operation{ 793 Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, 794 HTTPMethod: "POST", 795 HTTPPath: "/", 796 } 797 798 if input == nil { 799 input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 800 } 801 802 output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 803 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 804 return 805} 806 807// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 808// 809// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. 810// 811// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances 812// in a DB cluster. 813// 814// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters 815// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom 816// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating 817// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster 818// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. 819// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, 820// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for 821// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. 822// 823// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 824// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 825// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully 826// complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used 827// as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters 828// that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such 829// as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 830// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune 831// console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters 832// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or 833// modified. 834// 835// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 836// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 837// the error. 838// 839// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 840// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 841// 842// Returned Error Codes: 843// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 844// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 845// groups. 846// 847// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 848// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 849// 850// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 851func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 852 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 853 return out, req.Send() 854} 855 856// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 857// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 858// 859// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 860// 861// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 862// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 863// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 864// for more information on using Contexts. 865func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 866 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 867 req.SetContext(ctx) 868 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 869 return out, req.Send() 870} 871 872const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" 873 874// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 875// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 876// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 877// successfully. 878// 879// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 880// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 881// 882// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot 883// API call, and error handling. 884// 885// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 886// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 887// 888// 889// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 890// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 891// 892// err := req.Send() 893// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 894// fmt.Println(resp) 895// } 896// 897// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 898func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 899 op := &request.Operation{ 900 Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, 901 HTTPMethod: "POST", 902 HTTPPath: "/", 903 } 904 905 if input == nil { 906 input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 907 } 908 909 output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 910 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 911 return 912} 913 914// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 915// 916// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. 917// 918// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 919// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 920// the error. 921// 922// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 923// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 924// 925// Returned Error Codes: 926// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 927// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 928// 929// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 930// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 931// 932// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 933// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 934// 935// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 936// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 937// 938// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 939// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 940// 941// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 942func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 943 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 944 return out, req.Send() 945} 946 947// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 948// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 949// 950// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 951// 952// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 953// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 954// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 955// for more information on using Contexts. 956func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 957 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 958 req.SetContext(ctx) 959 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 960 return out, req.Send() 961} 962 963const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" 964 965// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 966// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return 967// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 968// successfully. 969// 970// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 971// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 972// 973// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance 974// API call, and error handling. 975// 976// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 977// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 978// 979// 980// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. 981// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) 982// 983// err := req.Send() 984// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 985// fmt.Println(resp) 986// } 987// 988// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 989func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { 990 op := &request.Operation{ 991 Name: opCreateDBInstance, 992 HTTPMethod: "POST", 993 HTTPPath: "/", 994 } 995 996 if input == nil { 997 input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} 998 } 999 1000 output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} 1001 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1002 return 1003} 1004 1005// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1006// 1007// Creates a new DB instance. 1008// 1009// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1010// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1011// the error. 1012// 1013// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1014// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. 1015// 1016// Returned Error Codes: 1017// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1018// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1019// 1020// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1021// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 1022// Zone. 1023// 1024// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1025// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1026// 1027// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1028// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 1029// 1030// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1031// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1032// 1033// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1034// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 1035// across all DB instances. 1036// 1037// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1038// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1039// 1040// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1041// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1042// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1043// 1044// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1045// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1046// 1047// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1048// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1049// are not all in a common VPC. 1050// 1051// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1052// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 1053// because users' change. 1054// 1055// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1056// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1057// 1058// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1059// The designated option group could not be found. 1060// 1061// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1062// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1063// 1064// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1065// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 1066// 1067// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 1068// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 1069// DB security group. 1070// 1071// Neptune may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on 1072// your behalf. 1073// 1074// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1075// Error accessing KMS key. 1076// 1077// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1078// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 1079// 1080// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1081func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1082 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1083 return out, req.Send() 1084} 1085 1086// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of 1087// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1088// 1089// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1090// 1091// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1092// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1093// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1094// for more information on using Contexts. 1095func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1096 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1097 req.SetContext(ctx) 1098 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1099 return out, req.Send() 1100} 1101 1102const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" 1103 1104// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1105// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1106// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1107// successfully. 1108// 1109// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1110// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1111// 1112// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup 1113// API call, and error handling. 1114// 1115// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1116// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1117// 1118// 1119// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1120// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1121// 1122// err := req.Send() 1123// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1124// fmt.Println(resp) 1125// } 1126// 1127// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1128func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1129 op := &request.Operation{ 1130 Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, 1131 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1132 HTTPPath: "/", 1133 } 1134 1135 if input == nil { 1136 input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} 1137 } 1138 1139 output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1140 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1141 return 1142} 1143 1144// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1145// 1146// Creates a new DB parameter group. 1147// 1148// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for 1149// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for 1150// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using 1151// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need 1152// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate 1153// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the 1154// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated 1155// settings to take effect. 1156// 1157// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 1158// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 1159// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete 1160// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 1161// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 1162// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 1163// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 1164// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or 1165// the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has 1166// been created or modified. 1167// 1168// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1169// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1170// the error. 1171// 1172// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1173// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1174// 1175// Returned Error Codes: 1176// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1177// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1178// groups. 1179// 1180// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1181// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1182// 1183// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1184func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1185 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1186 return out, req.Send() 1187} 1188 1189// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1190// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1191// 1192// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1193// 1194// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1195// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1196// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1197// for more information on using Contexts. 1198func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1199 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1200 req.SetContext(ctx) 1201 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1202 return out, req.Send() 1203} 1204 1205const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" 1206 1207// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1208// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 1209// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1210// successfully. 1211// 1212// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1213// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1214// 1215// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup 1216// API call, and error handling. 1217// 1218// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1219// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1220// 1221// 1222// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 1223// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 1224// 1225// err := req.Send() 1226// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1227// fmt.Println(resp) 1228// } 1229// 1230// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1231func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 1232 op := &request.Operation{ 1233 Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, 1234 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1235 HTTPPath: "/", 1236 } 1237 1238 if input == nil { 1239 input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} 1240 } 1241 1242 output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 1243 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1244 return 1245} 1246 1247// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1248// 1249// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one 1250// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 1251// 1252// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1253// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1254// the error. 1255// 1256// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1257// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 1258// 1259// Returned Error Codes: 1260// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" 1261// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. 1262// 1263// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" 1264// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. 1265// 1266// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 1267// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 1268// DB subnet groups. 1269// 1270// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1271// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1272// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1273// 1274// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1275// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1276// are not all in a common VPC. 1277// 1278// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1279func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1280 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1281 return out, req.Send() 1282} 1283 1284// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 1285// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1286// 1287// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1288// 1289// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1290// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1291// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1292// for more information on using Contexts. 1293func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1294 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1295 req.SetContext(ctx) 1296 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1297 return out, req.Send() 1298} 1299 1300const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" 1301 1302// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1303// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 1304// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1305// successfully. 1306// 1307// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1308// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1309// 1310// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription 1311// API call, and error handling. 1312// 1313// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1314// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1315// 1316// 1317// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. 1318// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 1319// 1320// err := req.Send() 1321// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1322// fmt.Println(resp) 1323// } 1324// 1325// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 1326func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { 1327 op := &request.Operation{ 1328 Name: opCreateEventSubscription, 1329 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1330 HTTPPath: "/", 1331 } 1332 1333 if input == nil { 1334 input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} 1335 } 1336 1337 output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} 1338 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1339 return 1340} 1341 1342// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1343// 1344// Creates an event notification subscription. This action requires a topic 1345// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the Neptune console, the SNS 1346// console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic 1347// in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS 1348// console. 1349// 1350// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, 1351// provide a list of Neptune sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and 1352// provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want 1353// to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, 1354// SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, 1355// Backup. 1356// 1357// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance 1358// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance 1359// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify 1360// a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type 1361// for all your Neptune sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType 1362// nor the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all Neptune 1363// sources belonging to your customer account. 1364// 1365// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1366// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1367// the error. 1368// 1369// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1370// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. 1371// 1372// Returned Error Codes: 1373// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 1374// You have exceeded the number of events you can subscribe to. 1375// 1376// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" 1377// This subscription already exists. 1378// 1379// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 1380// The SNS topic is invalid. 1381// 1382// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 1383// There is no SNS authorization. 1384// 1385// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 1386// The ARN of the SNS topic could not be found. 1387// 1388// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 1389// The designated subscription category could not be found. 1390// 1391// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 1392// The source could not be found. 1393// 1394// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 1395func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1396 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 1397 return out, req.Send() 1398} 1399 1400// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of 1401// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1402// 1403// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 1404// 1405// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1406// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1407// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1408// for more information on using Contexts. 1409func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1410 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 1411 req.SetContext(ctx) 1412 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1413 return out, req.Send() 1414} 1415 1416const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" 1417 1418// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1419// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return 1420// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1421// successfully. 1422// 1423// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1424// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1425// 1426// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster 1427// API call, and error handling. 1428// 1429// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1430// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1431// 1432// 1433// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. 1434// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) 1435// 1436// err := req.Send() 1437// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1438// fmt.Println(resp) 1439// } 1440// 1441// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 1442func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { 1443 op := &request.Operation{ 1444 Name: opDeleteDBCluster, 1445 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1446 HTTPPath: "/", 1447 } 1448 1449 if input == nil { 1450 input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} 1451 } 1452 1453 output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} 1454 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1455 return 1456} 1457 1458// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1459// 1460// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When 1461// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted 1462// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster 1463// are not deleted. 1464// 1465// Note that the DB Cluster cannot be deleted if deletion protection is enabled. 1466// To delete it, you must first set its DeletionProtection field to False. 1467// 1468// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1469// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1470// the error. 1471// 1472// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1473// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. 1474// 1475// Returned Error Codes: 1476// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1477// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1478// 1479// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1480// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1481// 1482// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1483// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1484// 1485// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1486// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1487// 1488// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1489// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1490// 1491// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 1492func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 1493 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 1494 return out, req.Send() 1495} 1496 1497// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of 1498// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1499// 1500// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 1501// 1502// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1503// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1504// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1505// for more information on using Contexts. 1506func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 1507 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 1508 req.SetContext(ctx) 1509 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1510 return out, req.Send() 1511} 1512 1513const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" 1514 1515// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1516// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1517// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1518// successfully. 1519// 1520// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1521// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1522// 1523// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1524// API call, and error handling. 1525// 1526// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1527// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1528// 1529// 1530// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 1531// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 1532// 1533// err := req.Send() 1534// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1535// fmt.Println(resp) 1536// } 1537// 1538// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1539func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 1540 op := &request.Operation{ 1541 Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, 1542 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1543 HTTPPath: "/", 1544 } 1545 1546 if input == nil { 1547 input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 1548 } 1549 1550 output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 1551 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1552 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1553 return 1554} 1555 1556// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1557// 1558// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter 1559// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. 1560// 1561// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1562// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1563// the error. 1564// 1565// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1566// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1567// 1568// Returned Error Codes: 1569// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 1570// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 1571// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 1572// is in this state. 1573// 1574// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1575// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1576// 1577// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1578func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1579 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1580 return out, req.Send() 1581} 1582 1583// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 1584// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1585// 1586// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1587// 1588// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1589// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1590// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1591// for more information on using Contexts. 1592func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1593 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1594 req.SetContext(ctx) 1595 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1596 return out, req.Send() 1597} 1598 1599const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" 1600 1601// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1602// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1603// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1604// successfully. 1605// 1606// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1607// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1608// 1609// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1610// API call, and error handling. 1611// 1612// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1613// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1614// 1615// 1616// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 1617// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 1618// 1619// err := req.Send() 1620// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1621// fmt.Println(resp) 1622// } 1623// 1624// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1625func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 1626 op := &request.Operation{ 1627 Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, 1628 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1629 HTTPPath: "/", 1630 } 1631 1632 if input == nil { 1633 input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1634 } 1635 1636 output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1637 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1638 return 1639} 1640 1641// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1642// 1643// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy 1644// operation is terminated. 1645// 1646// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 1647// 1648// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1649// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1650// the error. 1651// 1652// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1653// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1654// 1655// Returned Error Codes: 1656// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1657// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1658// 1659// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 1660// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 1661// 1662// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1663func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1664 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1665 return out, req.Send() 1666} 1667 1668// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1669// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1670// 1671// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1672// 1673// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1674// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1675// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1676// for more information on using Contexts. 1677func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1678 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1679 req.SetContext(ctx) 1680 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1681 return out, req.Send() 1682} 1683 1684const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" 1685 1686// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1687// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1688// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1689// successfully. 1690// 1691// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1692// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1693// 1694// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance 1695// API call, and error handling. 1696// 1697// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1698// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1699// 1700// 1701// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. 1702// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) 1703// 1704// err := req.Send() 1705// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1706// fmt.Println(resp) 1707// } 1708// 1709// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 1710func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { 1711 op := &request.Operation{ 1712 Name: opDeleteDBInstance, 1713 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1714 HTTPPath: "/", 1715 } 1716 1717 if input == nil { 1718 input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} 1719 } 1720 1721 output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} 1722 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1723 return 1724} 1725 1726// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1727// 1728// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. 1729// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are 1730// deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to 1731// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. 1732// 1733// If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon Neptune DB instance 1734// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance 1735// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled 1736// or reverted once submitted. 1737// 1738// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, 1739// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when 1740// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true. 1741// 1742// You can't delete a DB instance if it is the only instance in the DB cluster, 1743// or if it has deletion protection enabled. 1744// 1745// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1746// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1747// the error. 1748// 1749// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1750// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. 1751// 1752// Returned Error Codes: 1753// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1754// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 1755// 1756// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1757// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 1758// 1759// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 1760// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 1761// 1762// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1763// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1764// 1765// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1766// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1767// 1768// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 1769func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1770 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 1771 return out, req.Send() 1772} 1773 1774// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of 1775// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1776// 1777// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1778// 1779// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1780// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1781// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1782// for more information on using Contexts. 1783func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1784 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 1785 req.SetContext(ctx) 1786 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1787 return out, req.Send() 1788} 1789 1790const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" 1791 1792// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1793// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1794// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1795// successfully. 1796// 1797// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1798// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1799// 1800// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup 1801// API call, and error handling. 1802// 1803// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1804// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1805// 1806// 1807// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1808// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1809// 1810// err := req.Send() 1811// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1812// fmt.Println(resp) 1813// } 1814// 1815// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 1816func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1817 op := &request.Operation{ 1818 Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, 1819 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1820 HTTPPath: "/", 1821 } 1822 1823 if input == nil { 1824 input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} 1825 } 1826 1827 output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1828 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1829 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1830 return 1831} 1832 1833// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1834// 1835// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted 1836// can't be associated with any DB instances. 1837// 1838// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1839// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1840// the error. 1841// 1842// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1843// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1844// 1845// Returned Error Codes: 1846// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 1847// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 1848// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 1849// is in this state. 1850// 1851// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1852// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1853// 1854// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 1855func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1856 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1857 return out, req.Send() 1858} 1859 1860// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1861// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1862// 1863// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1864// 1865// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1866// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1867// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1868// for more information on using Contexts. 1869func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1870 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1871 req.SetContext(ctx) 1872 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1873 return out, req.Send() 1874} 1875 1876const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" 1877 1878// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1879// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 1880// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1881// successfully. 1882// 1883// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1884// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1885// 1886// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup 1887// API call, and error handling. 1888// 1889// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1890// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1891// 1892// 1893// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 1894// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 1895// 1896// err := req.Send() 1897// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1898// fmt.Println(resp) 1899// } 1900// 1901// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 1902func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 1903 op := &request.Operation{ 1904 Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, 1905 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1906 HTTPPath: "/", 1907 } 1908 1909 if input == nil { 1910 input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} 1911 } 1912 1913 output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 1914 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1915 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1916 return 1917} 1918 1919// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1920// 1921// Deletes a DB subnet group. 1922// 1923// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 1924// 1925// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1926// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1927// the error. 1928// 1929// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1930// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 1931// 1932// Returned Error Codes: 1933// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 1934// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 1935// 1936// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" 1937// The DB subnet is not in the available state. 1938// 1939// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1940// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1941// 1942// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 1943func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1944 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1945 return out, req.Send() 1946} 1947 1948// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 1949// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1950// 1951// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1952// 1953// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1954// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1955// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1956// for more information on using Contexts. 1957func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1958 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1959 req.SetContext(ctx) 1960 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1961 return out, req.Send() 1962} 1963 1964const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" 1965 1966// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1967// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 1968// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1969// successfully. 1970// 1971// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1972// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1973// 1974// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription 1975// API call, and error handling. 1976// 1977// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1978// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1979// 1980// 1981// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. 1982// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 1983// 1984// err := req.Send() 1985// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1986// fmt.Println(resp) 1987// } 1988// 1989// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 1990func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { 1991 op := &request.Operation{ 1992 Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, 1993 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1994 HTTPPath: "/", 1995 } 1996 1997 if input == nil { 1998 input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} 1999 } 2000 2001 output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2002 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2003 return 2004} 2005 2006// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2007// 2008// Deletes an event notification subscription. 2009// 2010// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2011// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2012// the error. 2013// 2014// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2015// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2016// 2017// Returned Error Codes: 2018// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 2019// The designated subscription could not be found. 2020// 2021// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" 2022// The event subscription is in an invalid state. 2023// 2024// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 2025func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2026 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2027 return out, req.Send() 2028} 2029 2030// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of 2031// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2032// 2033// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2034// 2035// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2036// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2037// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2038// for more information on using Contexts. 2039func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2040 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2041 req.SetContext(ctx) 2042 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2043 return out, req.Send() 2044} 2045 2046const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" 2047 2048// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2049// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 2050// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2051// successfully. 2052// 2053// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2054// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2055// 2056// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2057// API call, and error handling. 2058// 2059// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2060// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2061// 2062// 2063// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. 2064// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) 2065// 2066// err := req.Send() 2067// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2068// fmt.Println(resp) 2069// } 2070// 2071// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2072func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { 2073 op := &request.Operation{ 2074 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, 2075 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2076 HTTPPath: "/", 2077 } 2078 2079 if input == nil { 2080 input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} 2081 } 2082 2083 output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} 2084 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2085 return 2086} 2087 2088// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2089// 2090// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName 2091// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the 2092// specified DB cluster parameter group. 2093// 2094// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2095// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2096// the error. 2097// 2098// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2099// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. 2100// 2101// Returned Error Codes: 2102// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2103// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2104// 2105// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2106func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2107 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2108 return out, req.Send() 2109} 2110 2111// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of 2112// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2113// 2114// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 2115// 2116// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2117// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2118// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2119// for more information on using Contexts. 2120func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2121 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2122 req.SetContext(ctx) 2123 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2124 return out, req.Send() 2125} 2126 2127const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" 2128 2129// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2130// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 2131// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2132// successfully. 2133// 2134// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2135// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2136// 2137// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters 2138// API call, and error handling. 2139// 2140// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2141// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2142// 2143// 2144// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. 2145// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) 2146// 2147// err := req.Send() 2148// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2149// fmt.Println(resp) 2150// } 2151// 2152// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 2153func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { 2154 op := &request.Operation{ 2155 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, 2156 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2157 HTTPPath: "/", 2158 } 2159 2160 if input == nil { 2161 input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} 2162 } 2163 2164 output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} 2165 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2166 return 2167} 2168 2169// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2170// 2171// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter 2172// group. 2173// 2174// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2175// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2176// the error. 2177// 2178// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2179// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. 2180// 2181// Returned Error Codes: 2182// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2183// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2184// 2185// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 2186func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 2187 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 2188 return out, req.Send() 2189} 2190 2191// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of 2192// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2193// 2194// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 2195// 2196// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2197// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2198// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2199// for more information on using Contexts. 2200func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 2201 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 2202 req.SetContext(ctx) 2203 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2204 return out, req.Send() 2205} 2206 2207const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" 2208 2209// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2210// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 2211// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2212// successfully. 2213// 2214// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2215// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2216// 2217// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2218// API call, and error handling. 2219// 2220// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2221// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2222// 2223// 2224// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 2225// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 2226// 2227// err := req.Send() 2228// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2229// fmt.Println(resp) 2230// } 2231// 2232// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2233func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 2234 op := &request.Operation{ 2235 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, 2236 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2237 HTTPPath: "/", 2238 } 2239 2240 if input == nil { 2241 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} 2242 } 2243 2244 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 2245 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2246 return 2247} 2248 2249// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2250// 2251// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual 2252// DB cluster snapshot. 2253// 2254// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2255// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 2256// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all 2257// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual 2258// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 2259// 2260// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 2261// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, 2262// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 2263// 2264// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2265// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2266// the error. 2267// 2268// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2269// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 2270// 2271// Returned Error Codes: 2272// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2273// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2274// 2275// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2276func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 2277 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 2278 return out, req.Send() 2279} 2280 2281// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 2282// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2283// 2284// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 2285// 2286// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2287// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2288// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2289// for more information on using Contexts. 2290func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 2291 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 2292 req.SetContext(ctx) 2293 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2294 return out, req.Send() 2295} 2296 2297const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" 2298 2299// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2300// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return 2301// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2302// successfully. 2303// 2304// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2305// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2306// 2307// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2308// API call, and error handling. 2309// 2310// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2311// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2312// 2313// 2314// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. 2315// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) 2316// 2317// err := req.Send() 2318// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2319// fmt.Println(resp) 2320// } 2321// 2322// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2323func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { 2324 op := &request.Operation{ 2325 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, 2326 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2327 HTTPPath: "/", 2328 } 2329 2330 if input == nil { 2331 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} 2332 } 2333 2334 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} 2335 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2336 return 2337} 2338 2339// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2340// 2341// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports 2342// pagination. 2343// 2344// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2345// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2346// the error. 2347// 2348// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2349// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. 2350// 2351// Returned Error Codes: 2352// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2353// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2354// 2355// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2356func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2357 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 2358 return out, req.Send() 2359} 2360 2361// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of 2362// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2363// 2364// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 2365// 2366// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2367// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2368// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2369// for more information on using Contexts. 2370func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2371 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 2372 req.SetContext(ctx) 2373 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2374 return out, req.Send() 2375} 2376 2377const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" 2378 2379// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2380// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return 2381// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2382// successfully. 2383// 2384// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2385// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2386// 2387// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters 2388// API call, and error handling. 2389// 2390// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2391// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2392// 2393// 2394// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. 2395// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) 2396// 2397// err := req.Send() 2398// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2399// fmt.Println(resp) 2400// } 2401// 2402// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 2403func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { 2404 op := &request.Operation{ 2405 Name: opDescribeDBClusters, 2406 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2407 HTTPPath: "/", 2408 } 2409 2410 if input == nil { 2411 input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} 2412 } 2413 2414 output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} 2415 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2416 return 2417} 2418 2419// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2420// 2421// Returns information about provisioned DB clusters, and supports pagination. 2422// 2423// This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS clusters and Amazon 2424// DocDB clusters. 2425// 2426// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2427// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2428// the error. 2429// 2430// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2431// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. 2432// 2433// Returned Error Codes: 2434// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2435// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 2436// 2437// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 2438func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 2439 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 2440 return out, req.Send() 2441} 2442 2443// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of 2444// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2445// 2446// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 2447// 2448// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2449// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2450// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2451// for more information on using Contexts. 2452func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 2453 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 2454 req.SetContext(ctx) 2455 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2456 return out, req.Send() 2457} 2458 2459const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" 2460 2461// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2462// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return 2463// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2464// successfully. 2465// 2466// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2467// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2468// 2469// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions 2470// API call, and error handling. 2471// 2472// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2473// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2474// 2475// 2476// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. 2477// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) 2478// 2479// err := req.Send() 2480// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2481// fmt.Println(resp) 2482// } 2483// 2484// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 2485func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { 2486 op := &request.Operation{ 2487 Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, 2488 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2489 HTTPPath: "/", 2490 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2491 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2492 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2493 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2494 TruncationToken: "", 2495 }, 2496 } 2497 2498 if input == nil { 2499 input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} 2500 } 2501 2502 output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} 2503 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2504 return 2505} 2506 2507// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2508// 2509// Returns a list of the available DB engines. 2510// 2511// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2512// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2513// the error. 2514// 2515// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2516// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. 2517// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 2518func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 2519 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 2520 return out, req.Send() 2521} 2522 2523// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of 2524// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2525// 2526// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation. 2527// 2528// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2529// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2530// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2531// for more information on using Contexts. 2532func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 2533 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 2534 req.SetContext(ctx) 2535 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2536 return out, req.Send() 2537} 2538 2539// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, 2540// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2541// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2542// 2543// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. 2544// 2545// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2546// 2547// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. 2548// pageNum := 0 2549// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, 2550// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2551// pageNum++ 2552// fmt.Println(page) 2553// return pageNum <= 3 2554// }) 2555// 2556func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2557 return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2558} 2559 2560// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except 2561// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2562// 2563// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2564// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2565// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2566// for more information on using Contexts. 2567func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2568 p := request.Pagination{ 2569 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2570 var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 2571 if input != nil { 2572 tmp := *input 2573 inCpy = &tmp 2574 } 2575 req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy) 2576 req.SetContext(ctx) 2577 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2578 return req, nil 2579 }, 2580 } 2581 2582 for p.Next() { 2583 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2584 break 2585 } 2586 } 2587 2588 return p.Err() 2589} 2590 2591const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" 2592 2593// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2594// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return 2595// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2596// successfully. 2597// 2598// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2599// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2600// 2601// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances 2602// API call, and error handling. 2603// 2604// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2605// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2606// 2607// 2608// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. 2609// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) 2610// 2611// err := req.Send() 2612// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2613// fmt.Println(resp) 2614// } 2615// 2616// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 2617func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { 2618 op := &request.Operation{ 2619 Name: opDescribeDBInstances, 2620 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2621 HTTPPath: "/", 2622 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2623 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2624 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2625 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2626 TruncationToken: "", 2627 }, 2628 } 2629 2630 if input == nil { 2631 input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} 2632 } 2633 2634 output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} 2635 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2636 return 2637} 2638 2639// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2640// 2641// Returns information about provisioned instances, and supports pagination. 2642// 2643// This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS instances and Amazon 2644// DocDB instances. 2645// 2646// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2647// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2648// the error. 2649// 2650// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2651// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. 2652// 2653// Returned Error Codes: 2654// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2655// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 2656// 2657// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 2658func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 2659 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 2660 return out, req.Send() 2661} 2662 2663// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of 2664// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2665// 2666// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 2667// 2668// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2669// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2670// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2671// for more information on using Contexts. 2672func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 2673 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 2674 req.SetContext(ctx) 2675 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2676 return out, req.Send() 2677} 2678 2679// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, 2680// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2681// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2682// 2683// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 2684// 2685// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2686// 2687// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. 2688// pageNum := 0 2689// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, 2690// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2691// pageNum++ 2692// fmt.Println(page) 2693// return pageNum <= 3 2694// }) 2695// 2696func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 2697 return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2698} 2699 2700// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except 2701// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2702// 2703// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2704// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2705// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2706// for more information on using Contexts. 2707func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2708 p := request.Pagination{ 2709 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2710 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput 2711 if input != nil { 2712 tmp := *input 2713 inCpy = &tmp 2714 } 2715 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 2716 req.SetContext(ctx) 2717 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2718 return req, nil 2719 }, 2720 } 2721 2722 for p.Next() { 2723 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2724 break 2725 } 2726 } 2727 2728 return p.Err() 2729} 2730 2731const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" 2732 2733// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2734// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 2735// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2736// successfully. 2737// 2738// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2739// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2740// 2741// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups 2742// API call, and error handling. 2743// 2744// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2745// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2746// 2747// 2748// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. 2749// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) 2750// 2751// err := req.Send() 2752// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2753// fmt.Println(resp) 2754// } 2755// 2756// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 2757func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { 2758 op := &request.Operation{ 2759 Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, 2760 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2761 HTTPPath: "/", 2762 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2763 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2764 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2765 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2766 TruncationToken: "", 2767 }, 2768 } 2769 2770 if input == nil { 2771 input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} 2772 } 2773 2774 output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} 2775 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2776 return 2777} 2778 2779// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2780// 2781// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName 2782// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified 2783// DB parameter group. 2784// 2785// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2786// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2787// the error. 2788// 2789// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2790// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. 2791// 2792// Returned Error Codes: 2793// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2794// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2795// 2796// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 2797func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2798 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2799 return out, req.Send() 2800} 2801 2802// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of 2803// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2804// 2805// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 2806// 2807// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2808// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2809// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2810// for more information on using Contexts. 2811func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2812 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2813 req.SetContext(ctx) 2814 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2815 return out, req.Send() 2816} 2817 2818// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, 2819// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2820// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2821// 2822// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 2823// 2824// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2825// 2826// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. 2827// pageNum := 0 2828// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, 2829// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2830// pageNum++ 2831// fmt.Println(page) 2832// return pageNum <= 3 2833// }) 2834// 2835func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2836 return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2837} 2838 2839// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except 2840// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2841// 2842// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2843// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2844// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2845// for more information on using Contexts. 2846func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2847 p := request.Pagination{ 2848 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2849 var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 2850 if input != nil { 2851 tmp := *input 2852 inCpy = &tmp 2853 } 2854 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 2855 req.SetContext(ctx) 2856 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2857 return req, nil 2858 }, 2859 } 2860 2861 for p.Next() { 2862 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2863 break 2864 } 2865 } 2866 2867 return p.Err() 2868} 2869 2870const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" 2871 2872// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2873// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return 2874// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2875// successfully. 2876// 2877// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2878// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2879// 2880// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters 2881// API call, and error handling. 2882// 2883// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2884// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2885// 2886// 2887// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. 2888// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) 2889// 2890// err := req.Send() 2891// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2892// fmt.Println(resp) 2893// } 2894// 2895// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 2896func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { 2897 op := &request.Operation{ 2898 Name: opDescribeDBParameters, 2899 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2900 HTTPPath: "/", 2901 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2902 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2903 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2904 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2905 TruncationToken: "", 2906 }, 2907 } 2908 2909 if input == nil { 2910 input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} 2911 } 2912 2913 output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} 2914 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2915 return 2916} 2917 2918// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2919// 2920// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 2921// 2922// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2923// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2924// the error. 2925// 2926// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2927// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. 2928// 2929// Returned Error Codes: 2930// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2931// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2932// 2933// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 2934func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 2935 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 2936 return out, req.Send() 2937} 2938 2939// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of 2940// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2941// 2942// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 2943// 2944// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2945// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2946// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2947// for more information on using Contexts. 2948func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 2949 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 2950 req.SetContext(ctx) 2951 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2952 return out, req.Send() 2953} 2954 2955// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, 2956// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2957// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2958// 2959// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 2960// 2961// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2962// 2963// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. 2964// pageNum := 0 2965// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, 2966// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2967// pageNum++ 2968// fmt.Println(page) 2969// return pageNum <= 3 2970// }) 2971// 2972func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 2973 return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2974} 2975 2976// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except 2977// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2978// 2979// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2980// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2981// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2982// for more information on using Contexts. 2983func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2984 p := request.Pagination{ 2985 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2986 var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput 2987 if input != nil { 2988 tmp := *input 2989 inCpy = &tmp 2990 } 2991 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy) 2992 req.SetContext(ctx) 2993 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2994 return req, nil 2995 }, 2996 } 2997 2998 for p.Next() { 2999 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3000 break 3001 } 3002 } 3003 3004 return p.Err() 3005} 3006 3007const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" 3008 3009// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3010// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return 3011// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3012// successfully. 3013// 3014// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3015// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3016// 3017// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3018// API call, and error handling. 3019// 3020// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3021// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3022// 3023// 3024// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. 3025// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) 3026// 3027// err := req.Send() 3028// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3029// fmt.Println(resp) 3030// } 3031// 3032// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3033func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { 3034 op := &request.Operation{ 3035 Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, 3036 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3037 HTTPPath: "/", 3038 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3039 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3040 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3041 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3042 TruncationToken: "", 3043 }, 3044 } 3045 3046 if input == nil { 3047 input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} 3048 } 3049 3050 output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} 3051 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3052 return 3053} 3054 3055// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3056// 3057// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, 3058// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. 3059// 3060// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 3061// 3062// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3063// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3064// the error. 3065// 3066// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3067// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. 3068// 3069// Returned Error Codes: 3070// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 3071// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 3072// 3073// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3074func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 3075 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 3076 return out, req.Send() 3077} 3078 3079// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of 3080// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3081// 3082// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3083// 3084// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3085// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3086// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3087// for more information on using Contexts. 3088func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 3089 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 3090 req.SetContext(ctx) 3091 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3092 return out, req.Send() 3093} 3094 3095// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, 3096// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3097// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3098// 3099// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 3100// 3101// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3102// 3103// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. 3104// pageNum := 0 3105// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, 3106// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3107// pageNum++ 3108// fmt.Println(page) 3109// return pageNum <= 3 3110// }) 3111// 3112func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3113 return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3114} 3115 3116// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except 3117// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3118// 3119// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3120// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3121// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3122// for more information on using Contexts. 3123func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3124 p := request.Pagination{ 3125 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3126 var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 3127 if input != nil { 3128 tmp := *input 3129 inCpy = &tmp 3130 } 3131 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 3132 req.SetContext(ctx) 3133 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3134 return req, nil 3135 }, 3136 } 3137 3138 for p.Next() { 3139 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3140 break 3141 } 3142 } 3143 3144 return p.Err() 3145} 3146 3147const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" 3148 3149// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3150// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 3151// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3152// successfully. 3153// 3154// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3155// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3156// 3157// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3158// API call, and error handling. 3159// 3160// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3161// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3162// 3163// 3164// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. 3165// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) 3166// 3167// err := req.Send() 3168// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3169// fmt.Println(resp) 3170// } 3171// 3172// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3173func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { 3174 op := &request.Operation{ 3175 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, 3176 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3177 HTTPPath: "/", 3178 } 3179 3180 if input == nil { 3181 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} 3182 } 3183 3184 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} 3185 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3186 return 3187} 3188 3189// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3190// 3191// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster 3192// database engine. 3193// 3194// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3195// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3196// the error. 3197// 3198// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3199// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. 3200// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3201func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3202 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 3203 return out, req.Send() 3204} 3205 3206// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of 3207// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3208// 3209// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3210// 3211// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3212// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3213// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3214// for more information on using Contexts. 3215func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3216 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 3217 req.SetContext(ctx) 3218 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3219 return out, req.Send() 3220} 3221 3222const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" 3223 3224// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3225// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return 3226// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3227// successfully. 3228// 3229// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3230// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3231// 3232// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3233// API call, and error handling. 3234// 3235// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3236// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3237// 3238// 3239// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. 3240// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) 3241// 3242// err := req.Send() 3243// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3244// fmt.Println(resp) 3245// } 3246// 3247// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3248func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { 3249 op := &request.Operation{ 3250 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, 3251 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3252 HTTPPath: "/", 3253 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3254 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3255 OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, 3256 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3257 TruncationToken: "", 3258 }, 3259 } 3260 3261 if input == nil { 3262 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} 3263 } 3264 3265 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} 3266 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3267 return 3268} 3269 3270// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3271// 3272// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified 3273// database engine. 3274// 3275// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3276// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3277// the error. 3278// 3279// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3280// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. 3281// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3282func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 3283 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 3284 return out, req.Send() 3285} 3286 3287// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of 3288// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3289// 3290// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3291// 3292// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3293// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3294// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3295// for more information on using Contexts. 3296func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 3297 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 3298 req.SetContext(ctx) 3299 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3300 return out, req.Send() 3301} 3302 3303// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, 3304// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3305// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3306// 3307// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 3308// 3309// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3310// 3311// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. 3312// pageNum := 0 3313// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, 3314// func(page *neptune.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3315// pageNum++ 3316// fmt.Println(page) 3317// return pageNum <= 3 3318// }) 3319// 3320func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 3321 return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3322} 3323 3324// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except 3325// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3326// 3327// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3328// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3329// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3330// for more information on using Contexts. 3331func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3332 p := request.Pagination{ 3333 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3334 var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 3335 if input != nil { 3336 tmp := *input 3337 inCpy = &tmp 3338 } 3339 req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy) 3340 req.SetContext(ctx) 3341 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3342 return req, nil 3343 }, 3344 } 3345 3346 for p.Next() { 3347 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3348 break 3349 } 3350 } 3351 3352 return p.Err() 3353} 3354 3355const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" 3356 3357// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3358// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return 3359// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3360// successfully. 3361// 3362// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3363// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3364// 3365// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories 3366// API call, and error handling. 3367// 3368// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3369// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3370// 3371// 3372// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. 3373// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) 3374// 3375// err := req.Send() 3376// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3377// fmt.Println(resp) 3378// } 3379// 3380// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 3381func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { 3382 op := &request.Operation{ 3383 Name: opDescribeEventCategories, 3384 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3385 HTTPPath: "/", 3386 } 3387 3388 if input == nil { 3389 input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} 3390 } 3391 3392 output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} 3393 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3394 return 3395} 3396 3397// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3398// 3399// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, 3400// for a specified source type. 3401// 3402// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3403// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3404// the error. 3405// 3406// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3407// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. 3408// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 3409func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 3410 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 3411 return out, req.Send() 3412} 3413 3414// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of 3415// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3416// 3417// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation. 3418// 3419// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3420// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3421// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3422// for more information on using Contexts. 3423func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 3424 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 3425 req.SetContext(ctx) 3426 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3427 return out, req.Send() 3428} 3429 3430const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" 3431 3432// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3433// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 3434// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3435// successfully. 3436// 3437// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3438// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3439// 3440// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions 3441// API call, and error handling. 3442// 3443// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3444// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3445// 3446// 3447// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. 3448// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) 3449// 3450// err := req.Send() 3451// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3452// fmt.Println(resp) 3453// } 3454// 3455// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 3456func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { 3457 op := &request.Operation{ 3458 Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, 3459 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3460 HTTPPath: "/", 3461 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3462 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3463 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3464 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3465 TruncationToken: "", 3466 }, 3467 } 3468 3469 if input == nil { 3470 input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} 3471 } 3472 3473 output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} 3474 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3475 return 3476} 3477 3478// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3479// 3480// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description 3481// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, 3482// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. 3483// 3484// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 3485// 3486// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3487// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3488// the error. 3489// 3490// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3491// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. 3492// 3493// Returned Error Codes: 3494// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 3495// The designated subscription could not be found. 3496// 3497// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 3498func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3499 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3500 return out, req.Send() 3501} 3502 3503// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of 3504// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3505// 3506// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 3507// 3508// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3509// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3510// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3511// for more information on using Contexts. 3512func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3513 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3514 req.SetContext(ctx) 3515 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3516 return out, req.Send() 3517} 3518 3519// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, 3520// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3521// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3522// 3523// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 3524// 3525// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3526// 3527// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. 3528// pageNum := 0 3529// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, 3530// func(page *neptune.DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3531// pageNum++ 3532// fmt.Println(page) 3533// return pageNum <= 3 3534// }) 3535// 3536func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3537 return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3538} 3539 3540// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except 3541// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3542// 3543// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3544// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3545// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3546// for more information on using Contexts. 3547func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3548 p := request.Pagination{ 3549 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3550 var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 3551 if input != nil { 3552 tmp := *input 3553 inCpy = &tmp 3554 } 3555 req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) 3556 req.SetContext(ctx) 3557 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3558 return req, nil 3559 }, 3560 } 3561 3562 for p.Next() { 3563 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3564 break 3565 } 3566 } 3567 3568 return p.Err() 3569} 3570 3571const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" 3572 3573// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3574// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return 3575// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3576// successfully. 3577// 3578// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3579// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3580// 3581// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents 3582// API call, and error handling. 3583// 3584// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3585// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3586// 3587// 3588// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. 3589// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) 3590// 3591// err := req.Send() 3592// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3593// fmt.Println(resp) 3594// } 3595// 3596// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 3597func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { 3598 op := &request.Operation{ 3599 Name: opDescribeEvents, 3600 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3601 HTTPPath: "/", 3602 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3603 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3604 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3605 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3606 TruncationToken: "", 3607 }, 3608 } 3609 3610 if input == nil { 3611 input = &DescribeEventsInput{} 3612 } 3613 3614 output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} 3615 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3616 return 3617} 3618 3619// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3620// 3621// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, 3622// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular 3623// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group 3624// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past 3625// hour of events are returned. 3626// 3627// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3628// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3629// the error. 3630// 3631// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3632// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. 3633// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 3634func (c *Neptune) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 3635 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 3636 return out, req.Send() 3637} 3638 3639// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of 3640// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3641// 3642// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation. 3643// 3644// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3645// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3646// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3647// for more information on using Contexts. 3648func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 3649 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 3650 req.SetContext(ctx) 3651 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3652 return out, req.Send() 3653} 3654 3655// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, 3656// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3657// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3658// 3659// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. 3660// 3661// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3662// 3663// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. 3664// pageNum := 0 3665// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, 3666// func(page *neptune.DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3667// pageNum++ 3668// fmt.Println(page) 3669// return pageNum <= 3 3670// }) 3671// 3672func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3673 return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3674} 3675 3676// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except 3677// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3678// 3679// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3680// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3681// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3682// for more information on using Contexts. 3683func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3684 p := request.Pagination{ 3685 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3686 var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput 3687 if input != nil { 3688 tmp := *input 3689 inCpy = &tmp 3690 } 3691 req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy) 3692 req.SetContext(ctx) 3693 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3694 return req, nil 3695 }, 3696 } 3697 3698 for p.Next() { 3699 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3700 break 3701 } 3702 } 3703 3704 return p.Err() 3705} 3706 3707const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" 3708 3709// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3710// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return 3711// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3712// successfully. 3713// 3714// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3715// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3716// 3717// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 3718// API call, and error handling. 3719// 3720// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3721// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3722// 3723// 3724// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. 3725// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) 3726// 3727// err := req.Send() 3728// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3729// fmt.Println(resp) 3730// } 3731// 3732// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 3733func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { 3734 op := &request.Operation{ 3735 Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, 3736 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3737 HTTPPath: "/", 3738 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3739 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3740 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3741 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3742 TruncationToken: "", 3743 }, 3744 } 3745 3746 if input == nil { 3747 input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} 3748 } 3749 3750 output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} 3751 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3752 return 3753} 3754 3755// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3756// 3757// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 3758// 3759// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3760// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3761// the error. 3762// 3763// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3764// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. 3765// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 3766func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 3767 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 3768 return out, req.Send() 3769} 3770 3771// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of 3772// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3773// 3774// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 3775// 3776// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3777// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3778// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3779// for more information on using Contexts. 3780func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 3781 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 3782 req.SetContext(ctx) 3783 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3784 return out, req.Send() 3785} 3786 3787// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, 3788// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3789// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3790// 3791// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 3792// 3793// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3794// 3795// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. 3796// pageNum := 0 3797// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, 3798// func(page *neptune.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3799// pageNum++ 3800// fmt.Println(page) 3801// return pageNum <= 3 3802// }) 3803// 3804func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3805 return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3806} 3807 3808// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except 3809// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3810// 3811// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3812// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3813// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3814// for more information on using Contexts. 3815func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3816 p := request.Pagination{ 3817 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3818 var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 3819 if input != nil { 3820 tmp := *input 3821 inCpy = &tmp 3822 } 3823 req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy) 3824 req.SetContext(ctx) 3825 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3826 return req, nil 3827 }, 3828 } 3829 3830 for p.Next() { 3831 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3832 break 3833 } 3834 } 3835 3836 return p.Err() 3837} 3838 3839const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" 3840 3841// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3842// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return 3843// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3844// successfully. 3845// 3846// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3847// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3848// 3849// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 3850// API call, and error handling. 3851// 3852// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3853// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3854// 3855// 3856// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. 3857// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) 3858// 3859// err := req.Send() 3860// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3861// fmt.Println(resp) 3862// } 3863// 3864// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 3865func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { 3866 op := &request.Operation{ 3867 Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, 3868 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3869 HTTPPath: "/", 3870 } 3871 3872 if input == nil { 3873 input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} 3874 } 3875 3876 output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} 3877 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3878 return 3879} 3880 3881// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3882// 3883// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least 3884// one pending maintenance action. 3885// 3886// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3887// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3888// the error. 3889// 3890// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3891// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. 3892// 3893// Returned Error Codes: 3894// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 3895// The specified resource ID was not found. 3896// 3897// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 3898func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 3899 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 3900 return out, req.Send() 3901} 3902 3903// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of 3904// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3905// 3906// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation. 3907// 3908// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3909// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3910// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3911// for more information on using Contexts. 3912func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 3913 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 3914 req.SetContext(ctx) 3915 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3916 return out, req.Send() 3917} 3918 3919const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" 3920 3921// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3922// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return 3923// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3924// successfully. 3925// 3926// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3927// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3928// 3929// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 3930// API call, and error handling. 3931// 3932// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3933// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3934// 3935// 3936// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method. 3937// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params) 3938// 3939// err := req.Send() 3940// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3941// fmt.Println(resp) 3942// } 3943// 3944// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 3945func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) { 3946 op := &request.Operation{ 3947 Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications, 3948 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3949 HTTPPath: "/", 3950 } 3951 3952 if input == nil { 3953 input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{} 3954 } 3955 3956 output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{} 3957 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3958 return 3959} 3960 3961// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3962// 3963// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications 3964// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call 3965// ModifyDBInstance. 3966// 3967// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3968// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3969// the error. 3970// 3971// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3972// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information. 3973// 3974// Returned Error Codes: 3975// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 3976// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 3977// 3978// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 3979// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 3980// 3981// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 3982func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 3983 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 3984 return out, req.Send() 3985} 3986 3987// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of 3988// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3989// 3990// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation. 3991// 3992// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3993// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3994// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3995// for more information on using Contexts. 3996func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 3997 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 3998 req.SetContext(ctx) 3999 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4000 return out, req.Send() 4001} 4002 4003const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" 4004 4005// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4006// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return 4007// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4008// successfully. 4009// 4010// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4011// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4012// 4013// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster 4014// API call, and error handling. 4015// 4016// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4017// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4018// 4019// 4020// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. 4021// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) 4022// 4023// err := req.Send() 4024// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4025// fmt.Println(resp) 4026// } 4027// 4028// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 4029func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { 4030 op := &request.Operation{ 4031 Name: opFailoverDBCluster, 4032 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4033 HTTPPath: "/", 4034 } 4035 4036 if input == nil { 4037 input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} 4038 } 4039 4040 output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} 4041 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4042 return 4043} 4044 4045// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4046// 4047// Forces a failover for a DB cluster. 4048// 4049// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Read Replicas (read-only 4050// instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). 4051// 4052// Amazon Neptune will automatically fail over to a Read Replica, if one exists, 4053// when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to 4054// simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance 4055// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and 4056// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when 4057// the failover is complete. 4058// 4059// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4060// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4061// the error. 4062// 4063// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4064// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. 4065// 4066// Returned Error Codes: 4067// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4068// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4069// 4070// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4071// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4072// 4073// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4074// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4075// 4076// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 4077func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 4078 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 4079 return out, req.Send() 4080} 4081 4082// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of 4083// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4084// 4085// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 4086// 4087// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4088// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4089// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4090// for more information on using Contexts. 4091func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 4092 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 4093 req.SetContext(ctx) 4094 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4095 return out, req.Send() 4096} 4097 4098const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 4099 4100// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4101// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 4102// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4103// successfully. 4104// 4105// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4106// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4107// 4108// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 4109// API call, and error handling. 4110// 4111// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4112// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4113// 4114// 4115// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 4116// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 4117// 4118// err := req.Send() 4119// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4120// fmt.Println(resp) 4121// } 4122// 4123// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 4124func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 4125 op := &request.Operation{ 4126 Name: opListTagsForResource, 4127 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4128 HTTPPath: "/", 4129 } 4130 4131 if input == nil { 4132 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 4133 } 4134 4135 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 4136 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4137 return 4138} 4139 4140// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4141// 4142// Lists all tags on an Amazon Neptune resource. 4143// 4144// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4145// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4146// the error. 4147// 4148// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4149// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 4150// 4151// Returned Error Codes: 4152// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4153// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4154// 4155// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4156// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4157// 4158// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4159// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4160// 4161// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 4162func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4163 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4164 return out, req.Send() 4165} 4166 4167// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 4168// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4169// 4170// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 4171// 4172// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4173// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4174// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4175// for more information on using Contexts. 4176func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4177 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4178 req.SetContext(ctx) 4179 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4180 return out, req.Send() 4181} 4182 4183const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" 4184 4185// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4186// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return 4187// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4188// successfully. 4189// 4190// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4191// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4192// 4193// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster 4194// API call, and error handling. 4195// 4196// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4197// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4198// 4199// 4200// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. 4201// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) 4202// 4203// err := req.Send() 4204// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4205// fmt.Println(resp) 4206// } 4207// 4208// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 4209func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { 4210 op := &request.Operation{ 4211 Name: opModifyDBCluster, 4212 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4213 HTTPPath: "/", 4214 } 4215 4216 if input == nil { 4217 input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} 4218 } 4219 4220 output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} 4221 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4222 return 4223} 4224 4225// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4226// 4227// Modify a setting for a DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration 4228// parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. 4229// 4230// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4231// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4232// the error. 4233// 4234// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4235// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. 4236// 4237// Returned Error Codes: 4238// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4239// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4240// 4241// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4242// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4243// 4244// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 4245// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 4246// across all DB instances. 4247// 4248// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4249// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4250// 4251// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 4252// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 4253// because users' change. 4254// 4255// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 4256// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 4257// 4258// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 4259// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 4260// are not all in a common VPC. 4261// 4262// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 4263// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 4264// group. 4265// 4266// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 4267// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 4268// 4269// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4270// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4271// 4272// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 4273// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 4274// 4275// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 4276func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 4277 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 4278 return out, req.Send() 4279} 4280 4281// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of 4282// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4283// 4284// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 4285// 4286// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4287// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4288// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4289// for more information on using Contexts. 4290func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 4291 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 4292 req.SetContext(ctx) 4293 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4294 return out, req.Send() 4295} 4296 4297const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" 4298 4299// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4300// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 4301// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4302// successfully. 4303// 4304// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4305// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4306// 4307// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4308// API call, and error handling. 4309// 4310// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4311// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4312// 4313// 4314// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 4315// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 4316// 4317// err := req.Send() 4318// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4319// fmt.Println(resp) 4320// } 4321// 4322// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4323func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 4324 op := &request.Operation{ 4325 Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, 4326 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4327 HTTPPath: "/", 4328 } 4329 4330 if input == nil { 4331 input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 4332 } 4333 4334 output = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 4335 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4336 return 4337} 4338 4339// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4340// 4341// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than 4342// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 4343// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 4344// 4345// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 4346// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated 4347// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 4348// 4349// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 4350// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 4351// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully 4352// complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default 4353// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are 4354// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the 4355// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 4356// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune 4357// console or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB 4358// cluster parameter group has been created or modified. 4359// 4360// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4361// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4362// the error. 4363// 4364// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4365// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 4366// 4367// Returned Error Codes: 4368// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4369// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4370// 4371// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 4372// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 4373// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 4374// is in this state. 4375// 4376// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4377func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4378 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 4379 return out, req.Send() 4380} 4381 4382// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 4383// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4384// 4385// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4386// 4387// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4388// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4389// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4390// for more information on using Contexts. 4391func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4392 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 4393 req.SetContext(ctx) 4394 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4395 return out, req.Send() 4396} 4397 4398const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" 4399 4400// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4401// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 4402// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4403// successfully. 4404// 4405// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4406// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4407// 4408// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4409// API call, and error handling. 4410// 4411// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4412// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4413// 4414// 4415// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 4416// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 4417// 4418// err := req.Send() 4419// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4420// fmt.Println(resp) 4421// } 4422// 4423// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4424func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 4425 op := &request.Operation{ 4426 Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, 4427 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4428 HTTPPath: "/", 4429 } 4430 4431 if input == nil { 4432 input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} 4433 } 4434 4435 output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 4436 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4437 return 4438} 4439 4440// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4441// 4442// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 4443// a manual DB cluster snapshot. 4444// 4445// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore 4446// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 4447// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster 4448// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, 4449// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not 4450// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private 4451// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual 4452// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying 4453// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't 4454// use all as a value for that parameter in this case. 4455// 4456// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster 4457// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use 4458// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. 4459// 4460// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4461// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4462// the error. 4463// 4464// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4465// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 4466// 4467// Returned Error Codes: 4468// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 4469// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 4470// 4471// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 4472// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 4473// 4474// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 4475// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 4476// DB snapshot with. 4477// 4478// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4479func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 4480 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 4481 return out, req.Send() 4482} 4483 4484// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 4485// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4486// 4487// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 4488// 4489// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4490// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4491// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4492// for more information on using Contexts. 4493func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 4494 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 4495 req.SetContext(ctx) 4496 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4497 return out, req.Send() 4498} 4499 4500const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" 4501 4502// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4503// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return 4504// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4505// successfully. 4506// 4507// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4508// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4509// 4510// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance 4511// API call, and error handling. 4512// 4513// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4514// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4515// 4516// 4517// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. 4518// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) 4519// 4520// err := req.Send() 4521// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4522// fmt.Println(resp) 4523// } 4524// 4525// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 4526func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { 4527 op := &request.Operation{ 4528 Name: opModifyDBInstance, 4529 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4530 HTTPPath: "/", 4531 } 4532 4533 if input == nil { 4534 input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} 4535 } 4536 4537 output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} 4538 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4539 return 4540} 4541 4542// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4543// 4544// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database 4545// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values 4546// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, 4547// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 4548// 4549// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4550// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4551// the error. 4552// 4553// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4554// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. 4555// 4556// Returned Error Codes: 4557// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4558// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4559// 4560// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 4561// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 4562// 4563// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 4564// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 4565// 4566// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4567// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4568// 4569// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 4570// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 4571// 4572// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4573// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4574// 4575// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 4576// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 4577// Zone. 4578// 4579// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 4580// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 4581// across all DB instances. 4582// 4583// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 4584// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 4585// because users' change. 4586// 4587// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 4588// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 4589// 4590// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 4591// The designated option group could not be found. 4592// 4593// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" 4594// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. 4595// 4596// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 4597// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 4598// 4599// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 4600// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 4601// DB security group. 4602// 4603// Neptune may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on 4604// your behalf. 4605// 4606// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 4607// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. 4608// 4609// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 4610// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 4611// 4612// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 4613func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 4614 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 4615 return out, req.Send() 4616} 4617 4618// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of 4619// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4620// 4621// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 4622// 4623// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4624// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4625// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4626// for more information on using Contexts. 4627func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 4628 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 4629 req.SetContext(ctx) 4630 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4631 return out, req.Send() 4632} 4633 4634const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" 4635 4636// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4637// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 4638// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4639// successfully. 4640// 4641// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4642// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4643// 4644// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup 4645// API call, and error handling. 4646// 4647// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4648// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4649// 4650// 4651// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 4652// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 4653// 4654// err := req.Send() 4655// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4656// fmt.Println(resp) 4657// } 4658// 4659// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 4660func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) { 4661 op := &request.Operation{ 4662 Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, 4663 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4664 HTTPPath: "/", 4665 } 4666 4667 if input == nil { 4668 input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} 4669 } 4670 4671 output = &ResetDBParameterGroupOutput{} 4672 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4673 return 4674} 4675 4676// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4677// 4678// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one 4679// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 4680// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 4681// 4682// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 4683// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated 4684// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 4685// 4686// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 4687// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 4688// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete 4689// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 4690// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 4691// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 4692// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 4693// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or 4694// the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has 4695// been created or modified. 4696// 4697// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4698// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4699// the error. 4700// 4701// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4702// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 4703// 4704// Returned Error Codes: 4705// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4706// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4707// 4708// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 4709// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 4710// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 4711// is in this state. 4712// 4713// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 4714func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4715 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 4716 return out, req.Send() 4717} 4718 4719// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 4720// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4721// 4722// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4723// 4724// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4725// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4726// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4727// for more information on using Contexts. 4728func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4729 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 4730 req.SetContext(ctx) 4731 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4732 return out, req.Send() 4733} 4734 4735const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" 4736 4737// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4738// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 4739// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4740// successfully. 4741// 4742// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4743// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4744// 4745// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup 4746// API call, and error handling. 4747// 4748// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4749// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4750// 4751// 4752// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 4753// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 4754// 4755// err := req.Send() 4756// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4757// fmt.Println(resp) 4758// } 4759// 4760// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 4761func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 4762 op := &request.Operation{ 4763 Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, 4764 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4765 HTTPPath: "/", 4766 } 4767 4768 if input == nil { 4769 input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} 4770 } 4771 4772 output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 4773 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4774 return 4775} 4776 4777// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4778// 4779// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least 4780// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 4781// 4782// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4783// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4784// the error. 4785// 4786// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4787// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 4788// 4789// Returned Error Codes: 4790// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4791// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4792// 4793// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 4794// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 4795// DB subnet groups. 4796// 4797// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" 4798// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. 4799// 4800// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 4801// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 4802// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 4803// 4804// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 4805// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 4806// are not all in a common VPC. 4807// 4808// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 4809func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 4810 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 4811 return out, req.Send() 4812} 4813 4814// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 4815// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4816// 4817// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4818// 4819// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4820// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4821// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4822// for more information on using Contexts. 4823func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 4824 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 4825 req.SetContext(ctx) 4826 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4827 return out, req.Send() 4828} 4829 4830const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" 4831 4832// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4833// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 4834// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4835// successfully. 4836// 4837// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4838// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4839// 4840// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription 4841// API call, and error handling. 4842// 4843// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4844// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4845// 4846// 4847// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. 4848// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 4849// 4850// err := req.Send() 4851// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4852// fmt.Println(resp) 4853// } 4854// 4855// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 4856func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { 4857 op := &request.Operation{ 4858 Name: opModifyEventSubscription, 4859 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4860 HTTPPath: "/", 4861 } 4862 4863 if input == nil { 4864 input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} 4865 } 4866 4867 output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} 4868 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4869 return 4870} 4871 4872// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4873// 4874// Modifies an existing event notification subscription. Note that you can't 4875// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers 4876// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 4877// calls. 4878// 4879// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType by using 4880// the DescribeEventCategories action. 4881// 4882// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4883// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4884// the error. 4885// 4886// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4887// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. 4888// 4889// Returned Error Codes: 4890// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 4891// You have exceeded the number of events you can subscribe to. 4892// 4893// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 4894// The designated subscription could not be found. 4895// 4896// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 4897// The SNS topic is invalid. 4898// 4899// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 4900// There is no SNS authorization. 4901// 4902// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 4903// The ARN of the SNS topic could not be found. 4904// 4905// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 4906// The designated subscription category could not be found. 4907// 4908// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 4909func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 4910 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 4911 return out, req.Send() 4912} 4913 4914// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of 4915// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4916// 4917// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 4918// 4919// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4920// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4921// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4922// for more information on using Contexts. 4923func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 4924 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 4925 req.SetContext(ctx) 4926 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4927 return out, req.Send() 4928} 4929 4930const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" 4931 4932// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4933// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return 4934// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4935// successfully. 4936// 4937// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4938// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4939// 4940// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 4941// API call, and error handling. 4942// 4943// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4944// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4945// 4946// 4947// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. 4948// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) 4949// 4950// err := req.Send() 4951// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4952// fmt.Println(resp) 4953// } 4954// 4955// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 4956func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { 4957 op := &request.Operation{ 4958 Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, 4959 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4960 HTTPPath: "/", 4961 } 4962 4963 if input == nil { 4964 input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} 4965 } 4966 4967 output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} 4968 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4969 return 4970} 4971 4972// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4973// 4974// Not supported. 4975// 4976// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4977// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4978// the error. 4979// 4980// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4981// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. 4982// 4983// Returned Error Codes: 4984// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4985// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4986// 4987// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4988// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4989// 4990// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 4991func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 4992 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 4993 return out, req.Send() 4994} 4995 4996// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of 4997// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4998// 4999// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5000// 5001// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5002// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5003// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5004// for more information on using Contexts. 5005func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 5006 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 5007 req.SetContext(ctx) 5008 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5009 return out, req.Send() 5010} 5011 5012const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" 5013 5014// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5015// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return 5016// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5017// successfully. 5018// 5019// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5020// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5021// 5022// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance 5023// API call, and error handling. 5024// 5025// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5026// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5027// 5028// 5029// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. 5030// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) 5031// 5032// err := req.Send() 5033// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5034// fmt.Println(resp) 5035// } 5036// 5037// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 5038func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { 5039 op := &request.Operation{ 5040 Name: opRebootDBInstance, 5041 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5042 HTTPPath: "/", 5043 } 5044 5045 if input == nil { 5046 input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} 5047 } 5048 5049 output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} 5050 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5051 return 5052} 5053 5054// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5055// 5056// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. 5057// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter 5058// group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the 5059// changes to take effect. 5060// 5061// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a 5062// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status 5063// is set to rebooting. 5064// 5065// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5066// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5067// the error. 5068// 5069// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5070// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. 5071// 5072// Returned Error Codes: 5073// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 5074// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 5075// 5076// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 5077// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 5078// 5079// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 5080func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5081 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 5082 return out, req.Send() 5083} 5084 5085// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of 5086// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5087// 5088// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 5089// 5090// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5091// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5092// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5093// for more information on using Contexts. 5094func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5095 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 5096 req.SetContext(ctx) 5097 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5098 return out, req.Send() 5099} 5100 5101const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" 5102 5103// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5104// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return 5105// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5106// successfully. 5107// 5108// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5109// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5110// 5111// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5112// API call, and error handling. 5113// 5114// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5115// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5116// 5117// 5118// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. 5119// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) 5120// 5121// err := req.Send() 5122// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5123// fmt.Println(resp) 5124// } 5125// 5126// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5127func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { 5128 op := &request.Operation{ 5129 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, 5130 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5131 HTTPPath: "/", 5132 } 5133 5134 if input == nil { 5135 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} 5136 } 5137 5138 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} 5139 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5140 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5141 return 5142} 5143 5144// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5145// 5146// Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from a DB cluster. 5147// 5148// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5149// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5150// the error. 5151// 5152// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5153// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. 5154// 5155// Returned Error Codes: 5156// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5157// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5158// 5159// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound" 5160// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with 5161// the specified DB cluster. 5162// 5163// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5164// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5165// 5166// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5167func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 5168 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 5169 return out, req.Send() 5170} 5171 5172// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of 5173// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5174// 5175// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5176// 5177// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5178// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5179// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5180// for more information on using Contexts. 5181func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 5182 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 5183 req.SetContext(ctx) 5184 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5185 return out, req.Send() 5186} 5187 5188const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" 5189 5190// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5191// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return 5192// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5193// successfully. 5194// 5195// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5196// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5197// 5198// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5199// API call, and error handling. 5200// 5201// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5202// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5203// 5204// 5205// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. 5206// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) 5207// 5208// err := req.Send() 5209// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5210// fmt.Println(resp) 5211// } 5212// 5213// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5214func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { 5215 op := &request.Operation{ 5216 Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, 5217 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5218 HTTPPath: "/", 5219 } 5220 5221 if input == nil { 5222 input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} 5223 } 5224 5225 output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} 5226 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5227 return 5228} 5229 5230// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5231// 5232// Removes a source identifier from an existing event notification subscription. 5233// 5234// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5235// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5236// the error. 5237// 5238// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5239// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. 5240// 5241// Returned Error Codes: 5242// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 5243// The designated subscription could not be found. 5244// 5245// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 5246// The source could not be found. 5247// 5248// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5249func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5250 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 5251 return out, req.Send() 5252} 5253 5254// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of 5255// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5256// 5257// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 5258// 5259// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5260// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5261// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5262// for more information on using Contexts. 5263func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5264 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 5265 req.SetContext(ctx) 5266 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5267 return out, req.Send() 5268} 5269 5270const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 5271 5272// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5273// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 5274// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5275// successfully. 5276// 5277// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5278// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5279// 5280// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 5281// API call, and error handling. 5282// 5283// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5284// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5285// 5286// 5287// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 5288// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 5289// 5290// err := req.Send() 5291// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5292// fmt.Println(resp) 5293// } 5294// 5295// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 5296func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 5297 op := &request.Operation{ 5298 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 5299 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5300 HTTPPath: "/", 5301 } 5302 5303 if input == nil { 5304 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 5305 } 5306 5307 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 5308 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5309 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5310 return 5311} 5312 5313// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5314// 5315// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon Neptune resource. 5316// 5317// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5318// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5319// the error. 5320// 5321// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5322// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 5323// 5324// Returned Error Codes: 5325// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 5326// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 5327// 5328// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 5329// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 5330// 5331// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5332// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5333// 5334// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 5335func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 5336 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 5337 return out, req.Send() 5338} 5339 5340// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 5341// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5342// 5343// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 5344// 5345// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5346// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5347// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5348// for more information on using Contexts. 5349func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 5350 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 5351 req.SetContext(ctx) 5352 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5353 return out, req.Send() 5354} 5355 5356const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" 5357 5358// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5359// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 5360// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5361// successfully. 5362// 5363// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5364// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5365// 5366// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5367// API call, and error handling. 5368// 5369// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5370// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5371// 5372// 5373// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 5374// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 5375// 5376// err := req.Send() 5377// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5378// fmt.Println(resp) 5379// } 5380// 5381// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5382func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 5383 op := &request.Operation{ 5384 Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, 5385 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5386 HTTPPath: "/", 5387 } 5388 5389 if input == nil { 5390 input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 5391 } 5392 5393 output = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 5394 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5395 return 5396} 5397 5398// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5399// 5400// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. 5401// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName 5402// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify 5403// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. 5404// 5405// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately 5406// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next 5407// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance 5408// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static 5409// parameter to apply to. 5410// 5411// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5412// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5413// the error. 5414// 5415// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5416// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 5417// 5418// Returned Error Codes: 5419// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 5420// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 5421// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 5422// is in this state. 5423// 5424// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5425// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5426// 5427// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5428func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5429 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 5430 return out, req.Send() 5431} 5432 5433// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 5434// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5435// 5436// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5437// 5438// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5439// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5440// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5441// for more information on using Contexts. 5442func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5443 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 5444 req.SetContext(ctx) 5445 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5446 return out, req.Send() 5447} 5448 5449const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" 5450 5451// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5452// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 5453// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5454// successfully. 5455// 5456// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5457// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5458// 5459// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup 5460// API call, and error handling. 5461// 5462// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5463// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5464// 5465// 5466// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. 5467// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 5468// 5469// err := req.Send() 5470// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5471// fmt.Println(resp) 5472// } 5473// 5474// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 5475func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) { 5476 op := &request.Operation{ 5477 Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, 5478 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5479 HTTPPath: "/", 5480 } 5481 5482 if input == nil { 5483 input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} 5484 } 5485 5486 output = &ResetDBParameterGroupOutput{} 5487 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5488 return 5489} 5490 5491// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5492// 5493// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default 5494// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName 5495// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup 5496// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, 5497// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set 5498// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance 5499// request. 5500// 5501// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5502// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5503// the error. 5504// 5505// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5506// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 5507// 5508// Returned Error Codes: 5509// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 5510// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 5511// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 5512// is in this state. 5513// 5514// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5515// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5516// 5517// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 5518func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5519 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5520 return out, req.Send() 5521} 5522 5523// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of 5524// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5525// 5526// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5527// 5528// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5529// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5530// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5531// for more information on using Contexts. 5532func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5533 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5534 req.SetContext(ctx) 5535 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5536 return out, req.Send() 5537} 5538 5539const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" 5540 5541// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5542// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 5543// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5544// successfully. 5545// 5546// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5547// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5548// 5549// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 5550// API call, and error handling. 5551// 5552// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5553// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5554// 5555// 5556// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. 5557// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) 5558// 5559// err := req.Send() 5560// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5561// fmt.Println(resp) 5562// } 5563// 5564// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 5565func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { 5566 op := &request.Operation{ 5567 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, 5568 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5569 HTTPPath: "/", 5570 } 5571 5572 if input == nil { 5573 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} 5574 } 5575 5576 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} 5577 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5578 return 5579} 5580 5581// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5582// 5583// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 5584// 5585// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the 5586// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group. 5587// 5588// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from 5589// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original 5590// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default 5591// security group. 5592// 5593// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5594// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5595// the error. 5596// 5597// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5598// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 5599// 5600// Returned Error Codes: 5601// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 5602// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 5603// 5604// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 5605// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 5606// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 5607// 5608// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 5609// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 5610// across all DB instances. 5611// 5612// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 5613// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 5614// 5615// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 5616// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 5617// 5618// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 5619// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 5620// 5621// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 5622// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 5623// 5624// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 5625// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 5626// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 5627// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 5628// 5629// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 5630// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 5631// 5632// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 5633// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 5634// 5635// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 5636// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 5637// across all DB instances. 5638// 5639// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 5640// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 5641// because users' change. 5642// 5643// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 5644// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 5645// 5646// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 5647// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 5648// 5649// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 5650// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 5651// are not all in a common VPC. 5652// 5653// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 5654// The designated option group could not be found. 5655// 5656// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 5657// Error accessing KMS key. 5658// 5659// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 5660// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 5661// group. 5662// 5663// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 5664func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 5665 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 5666 return out, req.Send() 5667} 5668 5669// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of 5670// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5671// 5672// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 5673// 5674// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5675// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5676// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5677// for more information on using Contexts. 5678func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 5679 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 5680 req.SetContext(ctx) 5681 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5682 return out, req.Send() 5683} 5684 5685const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" 5686 5687// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5688// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 5689// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5690// successfully. 5691// 5692// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5693// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5694// 5695// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 5696// API call, and error handling. 5697// 5698// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5699// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5700// 5701// 5702// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. 5703// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) 5704// 5705// err := req.Send() 5706// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5707// fmt.Println(resp) 5708// } 5709// 5710// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 5711func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { 5712 op := &request.Operation{ 5713 Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, 5714 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5715 HTTPPath: "/", 5716 } 5717 5718 if input == nil { 5719 input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} 5720 } 5721 5722 output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} 5723 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5724 return 5725} 5726 5727// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5728// 5729// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to 5730// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod 5731// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the 5732// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster 5733// is created with the default DB security group. 5734// 5735// This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 5736// cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 5737// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 5738// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 5739// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is 5740// available. 5741// 5742// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5743// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5744// the error. 5745// 5746// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5747// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. 5748// 5749// Returned Error Codes: 5750// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 5751// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 5752// 5753// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5754// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5755// 5756// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 5757// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 5758// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 5759// 5760// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 5761// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 5762// 5763// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 5764// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 5765// 5766// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 5767// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 5768// 5769// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 5770// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 5771// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 5772// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 5773// 5774// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 5775// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 5776// 5777// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5778// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5779// 5780// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 5781// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 5782// 5783// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 5784// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 5785// 5786// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 5787// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 5788// are not all in a common VPC. 5789// 5790// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 5791// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 5792// because users' change. 5793// 5794// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 5795// Error accessing KMS key. 5796// 5797// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 5798// The designated option group could not be found. 5799// 5800// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 5801// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 5802// across all DB instances. 5803// 5804// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 5805// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 5806// group. 5807// 5808// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 5809func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 5810 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 5811 return out, req.Send() 5812} 5813 5814// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of 5815// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5816// 5817// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 5818// 5819// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5820// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5821// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5822// for more information on using Contexts. 5823func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 5824 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 5825 req.SetContext(ctx) 5826 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5827 return out, req.Send() 5828} 5829 5830const opStartDBCluster = "StartDBCluster" 5831 5832// StartDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5833// client's request for the StartDBCluster operation. The "output" return 5834// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5835// successfully. 5836// 5837// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5838// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5839// 5840// See StartDBCluster for more information on using the StartDBCluster 5841// API call, and error handling. 5842// 5843// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5844// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5845// 5846// 5847// // Example sending a request using the StartDBClusterRequest method. 5848// req, resp := client.StartDBClusterRequest(params) 5849// 5850// err := req.Send() 5851// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5852// fmt.Println(resp) 5853// } 5854// 5855// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 5856func (c *Neptune) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBClusterOutput) { 5857 op := &request.Operation{ 5858 Name: opStartDBCluster, 5859 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5860 HTTPPath: "/", 5861 } 5862 5863 if input == nil { 5864 input = &StartDBClusterInput{} 5865 } 5866 5867 output = &StartDBClusterOutput{} 5868 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5869 return 5870} 5871 5872// StartDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5873// 5874// Starts an Amazon Neptune DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, 5875// the AWS CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API. 5876// 5877// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5878// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5879// the error. 5880// 5881// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5882// API operation StartDBCluster for usage and error information. 5883// 5884// Returned Error Codes: 5885// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5886// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5887// 5888// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5889// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5890// 5891// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 5892// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 5893// 5894// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 5895func (c *Neptune) StartDBCluster(input *StartDBClusterInput) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 5896 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 5897 return out, req.Send() 5898} 5899 5900// StartDBClusterWithContext is the same as StartDBCluster with the addition of 5901// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5902// 5903// See StartDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5904// 5905// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5906// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5907// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5908// for more information on using Contexts. 5909func (c *Neptune) StartDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 5910 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 5911 req.SetContext(ctx) 5912 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5913 return out, req.Send() 5914} 5915 5916const opStopDBCluster = "StopDBCluster" 5917 5918// StopDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5919// client's request for the StopDBCluster operation. The "output" return 5920// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5921// successfully. 5922// 5923// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5924// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5925// 5926// See StopDBCluster for more information on using the StopDBCluster 5927// API call, and error handling. 5928// 5929// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5930// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5931// 5932// 5933// // Example sending a request using the StopDBClusterRequest method. 5934// req, resp := client.StopDBClusterRequest(params) 5935// 5936// err := req.Send() 5937// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5938// fmt.Println(resp) 5939// } 5940// 5941// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 5942func (c *Neptune) StopDBClusterRequest(input *StopDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBClusterOutput) { 5943 op := &request.Operation{ 5944 Name: opStopDBCluster, 5945 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5946 HTTPPath: "/", 5947 } 5948 5949 if input == nil { 5950 input = &StopDBClusterInput{} 5951 } 5952 5953 output = &StopDBClusterOutput{} 5954 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5955 return 5956} 5957 5958// StopDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5959// 5960// Stops an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Neptune retains 5961// the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. 5962// 5963// Neptune also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore 5964// if necessary. 5965// 5966// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5967// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5968// the error. 5969// 5970// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5971// API operation StopDBCluster for usage and error information. 5972// 5973// Returned Error Codes: 5974// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5975// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5976// 5977// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5978// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5979// 5980// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 5981// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 5982// 5983// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 5984func (c *Neptune) StopDBCluster(input *StopDBClusterInput) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 5985 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 5986 return out, req.Send() 5987} 5988 5989// StopDBClusterWithContext is the same as StopDBCluster with the addition of 5990// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5991// 5992// See StopDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5993// 5994// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5995// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5996// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5997// for more information on using Contexts. 5998func (c *Neptune) StopDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 5999 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 6000 req.SetContext(ctx) 6001 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6002 return out, req.Send() 6003} 6004 6005type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { 6006 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6007 6008 // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. 6009 // 6010 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 6011 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6012 6013 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Neptune 6014 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/NeptuneAccessRole. 6015 // 6016 // RoleArn is a required field 6017 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6018} 6019 6020// String returns the string representation 6021func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { 6022 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6023} 6024 6025// GoString returns the string representation 6026func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 6027 return s.String() 6028} 6029 6030// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6031func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 6032 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} 6033 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 6034 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 6035 } 6036 if s.RoleArn == nil { 6037 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 6038 } 6039 6040 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6041 return invalidParams 6042 } 6043 return nil 6044} 6045 6046// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 6047func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 6048 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 6049 return s 6050} 6051 6052// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 6053func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 6054 s.RoleArn = &v 6055 return s 6056} 6057 6058type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { 6059 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6060} 6061 6062// String returns the string representation 6063func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { 6064 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6065} 6066 6067// GoString returns the string representation 6068func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 6069 return s.String() 6070} 6071 6072type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { 6073 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6074 6075 // The identifier of the event source to be added. 6076 // 6077 // Constraints: 6078 // 6079 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 6080 // be supplied. 6081 // 6082 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 6083 // be supplied. 6084 // 6085 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 6086 // be supplied. 6087 // 6088 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 6089 // supplied. 6090 // 6091 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 6092 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6093 6094 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to add a source 6095 // identifier to. 6096 // 6097 // SubscriptionName is a required field 6098 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6099} 6100 6101// String returns the string representation 6102func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { 6103 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6104} 6105 6106// GoString returns the string representation 6107func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 6108 return s.String() 6109} 6110 6111// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6112func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 6113 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} 6114 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 6115 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 6116 } 6117 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 6118 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 6119 } 6120 6121 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6122 return invalidParams 6123 } 6124 return nil 6125} 6126 6127// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 6128func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 6129 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 6130 return s 6131} 6132 6133// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 6134func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 6135 s.SubscriptionName = &v 6136 return s 6137} 6138 6139type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { 6140 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6141 6142 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 6143 // action. 6144 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 6145} 6146 6147// String returns the string representation 6148func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 6149 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6150} 6151 6152// GoString returns the string representation 6153func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 6154 return s.String() 6155} 6156 6157// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 6158func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { 6159 s.EventSubscription = v 6160 return s 6161} 6162 6163type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 6164 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6165 6166 // The Amazon Neptune resource that the tags are added to. This value is an 6167 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 6168 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6169 // 6170 // ResourceName is a required field 6171 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6172 6173 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon Neptune resource. 6174 // 6175 // Tags is a required field 6176 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` 6177} 6178 6179// String returns the string representation 6180func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 6181 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6182} 6183 6184// GoString returns the string representation 6185func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 6186 return s.String() 6187} 6188 6189// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6190func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 6191 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 6192 if s.ResourceName == nil { 6193 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 6194 } 6195 if s.Tags == nil { 6196 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 6197 } 6198 6199 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6200 return invalidParams 6201 } 6202 return nil 6203} 6204 6205// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 6206func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 6207 s.ResourceName = &v 6208 return s 6209} 6210 6211// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6212func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 6213 s.Tags = v 6214 return s 6215} 6216 6217type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 6218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6219} 6220 6221// String returns the string representation 6222func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 6223 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6224} 6225 6226// GoString returns the string representation 6227func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 6228 return s.String() 6229} 6230 6231type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { 6232 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6233 6234 // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. 6235 // 6236 // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade 6237 // 6238 // ApplyAction is a required field 6239 ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6240 6241 // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. 6242 // An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. 6243 // 6244 // Valid values: 6245 // 6246 // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 6247 // 6248 // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance 6249 // window for the resource. 6250 // 6251 // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. 6252 // 6253 // OptInType is a required field 6254 OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6255 6256 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance 6257 // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 6258 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6259 // 6260 // ResourceIdentifier is a required field 6261 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6262} 6263 6264// String returns the string representation 6265func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { 6266 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6267} 6268 6269// GoString returns the string representation 6270func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { 6271 return s.String() 6272} 6273 6274// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6275func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { 6276 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} 6277 if s.ApplyAction == nil { 6278 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) 6279 } 6280 if s.OptInType == nil { 6281 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) 6282 } 6283 if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { 6284 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) 6285 } 6286 6287 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6288 return invalidParams 6289 } 6290 return nil 6291} 6292 6293// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. 6294func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6295 s.ApplyAction = &v 6296 return s 6297} 6298 6299// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. 6300func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6301 s.OptInType = &v 6302 return s 6303} 6304 6305// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 6306func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6307 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 6308 return s 6309} 6310 6311type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { 6312 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6313 6314 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 6315 ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` 6316} 6317 6318// String returns the string representation 6319func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { 6320 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6321} 6322 6323// GoString returns the string representation 6324func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { 6325 return s.String() 6326} 6327 6328// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 6329func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { 6330 s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v 6331 return s 6332} 6333 6334// Specifies an Availability Zone. 6335type AvailabilityZone struct { 6336 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6337 6338 // The name of the availability zone. 6339 Name *string `type:"string"` 6340} 6341 6342// String returns the string representation 6343func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { 6344 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6345} 6346 6347// GoString returns the string representation 6348func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 6349 return s.String() 6350} 6351 6352// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6353func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { 6354 s.Name = &v 6355 return s 6356} 6357 6358// Specifies a character set. 6359type CharacterSet struct { 6360 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6361 6362 // The description of the character set. 6363 CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` 6364 6365 // The name of the character set. 6366 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 6367} 6368 6369// String returns the string representation 6370func (s CharacterSet) String() string { 6371 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6372} 6373 6374// GoString returns the string representation 6375func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { 6376 return s.String() 6377} 6378 6379// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. 6380func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { 6381 s.CharacterSetDescription = &v 6382 return s 6383} 6384 6385// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 6386func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { 6387 s.CharacterSetName = &v 6388 return s 6389} 6390 6391// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 6392// Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 6393// 6394// The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be 6395// exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. 6396type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct { 6397 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6398 6399 // The list of log types to disable. 6400 DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 6401 6402 // The list of log types to enable. 6403 EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 6404} 6405 6406// String returns the string representation 6407func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string { 6408 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6409} 6410 6411// GoString returns the string representation 6412func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string { 6413 return s.String() 6414} 6415 6416// SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value. 6417func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 6418 s.DisableLogTypes = v 6419 return s 6420} 6421 6422// SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value. 6423func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 6424 s.EnableLogTypes = v 6425 return s 6426} 6427 6428type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 6429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6430 6431 // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter 6432 // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon 6433 // Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6434 // 6435 // Constraints: 6436 // 6437 // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. 6438 // 6439 // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as 6440 // the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, 6441 // or a valid ARN. 6442 // 6443 // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the 6444 // copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. 6445 // 6446 // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6447 SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6448 6449 // The tags to be assigned to the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6450 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 6451 6452 // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6453 // 6454 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field 6455 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6456 6457 // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6458 // 6459 // Constraints: 6460 // 6461 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 6462 // 6463 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 6464 // 6465 // * First character must be a letter 6466 // 6467 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 6468 // 6469 // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 6470 // 6471 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6472 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6473} 6474 6475// String returns the string representation 6476func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 6477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6478} 6479 6480// GoString returns the string representation 6481func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 6482 return s.String() 6483} 6484 6485// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6486func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 6487 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 6488 if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6489 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6490 } 6491 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { 6492 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) 6493 } 6494 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6495 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6496 } 6497 6498 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6499 return invalidParams 6500 } 6501 return nil 6502} 6503 6504// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6505func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6506 s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6507 return s 6508} 6509 6510// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6511func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6512 s.Tags = v 6513 return s 6514} 6515 6516// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. 6517func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6518 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v 6519 return s 6520} 6521 6522// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6523func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6524 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6525 return s 6526} 6527 6528type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 6529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6530 6531 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 6532 // 6533 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 6534 // action. 6535 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 6536} 6537 6538// String returns the string representation 6539func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 6540 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6541} 6542 6543// GoString returns the string representation 6544func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 6545 return s.String() 6546} 6547 6548// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 6549func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 6550 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 6551 return s 6552} 6553 6554type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 6555 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6556 6557 // True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB 6558 // cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. 6559 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 6560 6561 // The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key 6562 // ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key 6563 // alias for the KMS encryption key. 6564 // 6565 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can 6566 // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 6567 // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster 6568 // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. 6569 // 6570 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another 6571 // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. 6572 // 6573 // KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created 6574 // in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS 6575 // Region. 6576 // 6577 // You cannot encrypt an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot when you copy it. If 6578 // you try to copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for 6579 // the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned. 6580 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 6581 6582 // Not currently supported. 6583 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 6584 6585 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not 6586 // case-sensitive. 6587 // 6588 // You can't copy from one AWS Region to another. 6589 // 6590 // Constraints: 6591 // 6592 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 6593 // 6594 // * Specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. 6595 // 6596 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 6597 // 6598 // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 6599 SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6600 6601 // The tags to assign to the new DB cluster snapshot copy. 6602 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 6603 6604 // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB 6605 // cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 6606 // 6607 // Constraints: 6608 // 6609 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 6610 // 6611 // * First character must be a letter. 6612 // 6613 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 6614 // 6615 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 6616 // 6617 // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 6618 TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6619} 6620 6621// String returns the string representation 6622func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 6623 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6624} 6625 6626// GoString returns the string representation 6627func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 6628 return s.String() 6629} 6630 6631// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6632func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 6633 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 6634 if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 6635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 6636 } 6637 if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 6638 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 6639 } 6640 6641 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6642 return invalidParams 6643 } 6644 return nil 6645} 6646 6647// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 6648func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6649 s.CopyTags = &v 6650 return s 6651} 6652 6653// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 6654func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6655 s.KmsKeyId = &v 6656 return s 6657} 6658 6659// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 6660func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6661 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 6662 return s 6663} 6664 6665// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 6666func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6667 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 6668 return s 6669} 6670 6671// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6672func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6673 s.Tags = v 6674 return s 6675} 6676 6677// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 6678func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 6679 s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 6680 return s 6681} 6682 6683type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 6684 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6685 6686 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 6687 // 6688 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 6689 // action. 6690 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 6691} 6692 6693// String returns the string representation 6694func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 6695 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6696} 6697 6698// GoString returns the string representation 6699func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 6700 return s.String() 6701} 6702 6703// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 6704func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 6705 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 6706 return s 6707} 6708 6709type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 6710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6711 6712 // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information 6713 // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6714 // 6715 // Constraints: 6716 // 6717 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. 6718 // 6719 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, 6720 // or a valid ARN. 6721 // 6722 // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6723 SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6724 6725 // The tags to be assigned to the copied DB parameter group. 6726 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 6727 6728 // A description for the copied DB parameter group. 6729 // 6730 // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field 6731 TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6732 6733 // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. 6734 // 6735 // Constraints: 6736 // 6737 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank. 6738 // 6739 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 6740 // 6741 // * First character must be a letter. 6742 // 6743 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 6744 // 6745 // Example: my-db-parameter-group 6746 // 6747 // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6748 TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6749} 6750 6751// String returns the string representation 6752func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 6753 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6754} 6755 6756// GoString returns the string representation 6757func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 6758 return s.String() 6759} 6760 6761// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6762func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 6763 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} 6764 if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6765 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6766 } 6767 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { 6768 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) 6769 } 6770 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6771 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6772 } 6773 6774 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6775 return invalidParams 6776 } 6777 return nil 6778} 6779 6780// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6781func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 6782 s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6783 return s 6784} 6785 6786// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6787func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 6788 s.Tags = v 6789 return s 6790} 6791 6792// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. 6793func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 6794 s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v 6795 return s 6796} 6797 6798// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6799func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 6800 s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6801 return s 6802} 6803 6804type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 6805 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6806 6807 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 6808 // 6809 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 6810 // action. 6811 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 6812} 6813 6814// String returns the string representation 6815func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 6816 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6817} 6818 6819// GoString returns the string representation 6820func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 6821 return s.String() 6822} 6823 6824// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 6825func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { 6826 s.DBParameterGroup = v 6827 return s 6828} 6829 6830type CreateDBClusterInput struct { 6831 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6832 6833 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be 6834 // created in. 6835 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 6836 6837 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 6838 // a minimum value of 1. 6839 // 6840 // Default: 1 6841 // 6842 // Constraints: 6843 // 6844 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 6845 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 6846 6847 // (Not supported by Neptune) 6848 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 6849 6850 // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 6851 // 6852 // Constraints: 6853 // 6854 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 6855 // 6856 // * First character must be a letter. 6857 // 6858 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 6859 // 6860 // Example: my-cluster1 6861 // 6862 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 6863 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6864 6865 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 6866 // If this argument is omitted, the default is used. 6867 // 6868 // Constraints: 6869 // 6870 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 6871 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 6872 6873 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. 6874 // 6875 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 6876 // default. 6877 // 6878 // Example: mySubnetgroup 6879 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 6880 6881 // The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do 6882 // not provide a name, Amazon Neptune will not create a database in the DB cluster 6883 // you are creating. 6884 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 6885 6886 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 6887 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 6888 // deletion protection is enabled. 6889 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 6890 6891 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 6892 // Logs. 6893 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 6894 6895 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 6896 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 6897 // 6898 // Default: false 6899 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 6900 6901 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 6902 // 6903 // Valid Values: neptune 6904 // 6905 // Engine is a required field 6906 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6907 6908 // The version number of the database engine to use. Currently, setting this 6909 // parameter has no effect. 6910 // 6911 // Example: 1.0.1 6912 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 6913 6914 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 6915 // 6916 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 6917 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 6918 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 6919 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 6920 // 6921 // If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: 6922 // 6923 // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then 6924 // Amazon Neptune will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. 6925 // Otherwise, Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. 6926 // 6927 // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier 6928 // is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption 6929 // key. 6930 // 6931 // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS 6932 // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 6933 // 6934 // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, 6935 // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS 6936 // Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. 6937 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 6938 6939 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 6940 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 6941 // 6942 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 6943 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 6944 6945 // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. 6946 // 6947 // Constraints: 6948 // 6949 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 6950 // 6951 // * First character must be a letter. 6952 // 6953 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 6954 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 6955 6956 // (Not supported by Neptune) 6957 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 6958 6959 // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. 6960 // 6961 // Default: 8182 6962 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 6963 6964 // This parameter is not currently supported. 6965 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 6966 6967 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 6968 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 6969 // 6970 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 6971 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 6972 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 6973 // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. 6974 // 6975 // Constraints: 6976 // 6977 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 6978 // 6979 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 6980 // 6981 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 6982 // 6983 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 6984 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 6985 6986 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 6987 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 6988 // 6989 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 6990 // 6991 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 6992 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 6993 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 6994 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 6995 // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. 6996 // 6997 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 6998 // 6999 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 7000 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 7001 7002 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if 7003 // this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. 7004 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7005 7006 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 7007 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 7008 7009 // The tags to assign to the new DB cluster. 7010 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7011 7012 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. 7013 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 7014} 7015 7016// String returns the string representation 7017func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { 7018 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7019} 7020 7021// GoString returns the string representation 7022func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 7023 return s.String() 7024} 7025 7026// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7027func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 7028 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} 7029 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 7030 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 7031 } 7032 if s.Engine == nil { 7033 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 7034 } 7035 7036 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7037 return invalidParams 7038 } 7039 return nil 7040} 7041 7042// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7043func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7044 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7045 return s 7046} 7047 7048// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 7049func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7050 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 7051 return s 7052} 7053 7054// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 7055func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7056 s.CharacterSetName = &v 7057 return s 7058} 7059 7060// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7061func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7062 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7063 return s 7064} 7065 7066// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 7067func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7068 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 7069 return s 7070} 7071 7072// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 7073func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7074 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 7075 return s 7076} 7077 7078// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 7079func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7080 s.DatabaseName = &v 7081 return s 7082} 7083 7084// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 7085func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7086 s.DeletionProtection = &v 7087 return s 7088} 7089 7090// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 7091func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7092 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 7093 return s 7094} 7095 7096// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 7097func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7098 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 7099 return s 7100} 7101 7102// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 7103func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7104 s.Engine = &v 7105 return s 7106} 7107 7108// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 7109func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7110 s.EngineVersion = &v 7111 return s 7112} 7113 7114// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 7115func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7116 s.KmsKeyId = &v 7117 return s 7118} 7119 7120// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 7121func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7122 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 7123 return s 7124} 7125 7126// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 7127func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7128 s.MasterUsername = &v 7129 return s 7130} 7131 7132// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 7133func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7134 s.OptionGroupName = &v 7135 return s 7136} 7137 7138// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 7139func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7140 s.Port = &v 7141 return s 7142} 7143 7144// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 7145func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7146 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 7147 return s 7148} 7149 7150// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 7151func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7152 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 7153 return s 7154} 7155 7156// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 7157func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7158 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 7159 return s 7160} 7161 7162// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 7163func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7164 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 7165 return s 7166} 7167 7168// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 7169func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7170 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 7171 return s 7172} 7173 7174// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7175func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7176 s.Tags = v 7177 return s 7178} 7179 7180// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 7181func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7182 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 7183 return s 7184} 7185 7186type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { 7187 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7188 7189 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 7190 // 7191 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 7192 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 7193} 7194 7195// String returns the string representation 7196func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { 7197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7198} 7199 7200// GoString returns the string representation 7201func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 7202 return s.String() 7203} 7204 7205// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 7206func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { 7207 s.DBCluster = v 7208 return s 7209} 7210 7211type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 7212 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7213 7214 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 7215 // 7216 // Constraints: 7217 // 7218 // * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 7219 // 7220 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 7221 // 7222 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 7223 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7224 7225 // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group 7226 // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, 7227 // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine 7228 // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. 7229 // 7230 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 7231 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7232 7233 // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. 7234 // 7235 // Description is a required field 7236 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7237 7238 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB cluster parameter group. 7239 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7240} 7241 7242// String returns the string representation 7243func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 7244 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7245} 7246 7247// GoString returns the string representation 7248func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 7249 return s.String() 7250} 7251 7252// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7253func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 7254 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 7255 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 7256 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 7257 } 7258 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 7259 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 7260 } 7261 if s.Description == nil { 7262 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 7263 } 7264 7265 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7266 return invalidParams 7267 } 7268 return nil 7269} 7270 7271// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 7272func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7273 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 7274 return s 7275} 7276 7277// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 7278func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7279 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 7280 return s 7281} 7282 7283// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 7284func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7285 s.Description = &v 7286 return s 7287} 7288 7289// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7290func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7291 s.Tags = v 7292 return s 7293} 7294 7295type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 7296 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7297 7298 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 7299 // 7300 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 7301 // action. 7302 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 7303} 7304 7305// String returns the string representation 7306func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 7307 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7308} 7309 7310// GoString returns the string representation 7311func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7312 return s.String() 7313} 7314 7315// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 7316func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 7317 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 7318 return s 7319} 7320 7321type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 7322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7323 7324 // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter 7325 // is not case-sensitive. 7326 // 7327 // Constraints: 7328 // 7329 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 7330 // 7331 // Example: my-cluster1 7332 // 7333 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 7334 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7335 7336 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a 7337 // lowercase string. 7338 // 7339 // Constraints: 7340 // 7341 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7342 // 7343 // * First character must be a letter. 7344 // 7345 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7346 // 7347 // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 7348 // 7349 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 7350 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7351 7352 // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. 7353 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7354} 7355 7356// String returns the string representation 7357func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 7358 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7359} 7360 7361// GoString returns the string representation 7362func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 7363 return s.String() 7364} 7365 7366// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7367func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 7368 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 7369 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 7370 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 7371 } 7372 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 7373 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 7374 } 7375 7376 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7377 return invalidParams 7378 } 7379 return nil 7380} 7381 7382// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7383func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7384 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7385 return s 7386} 7387 7388// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 7389func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7390 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 7391 return s 7392} 7393 7394// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7395func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7396 s.Tags = v 7397 return s 7398} 7399 7400type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 7401 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7402 7403 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 7404 // 7405 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 7406 // action. 7407 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 7408} 7409 7410// String returns the string representation 7411func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 7412 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7413} 7414 7415// GoString returns the string representation 7416func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 7417 return s.String() 7418} 7419 7420// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 7421func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 7422 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 7423 return s 7424} 7425 7426type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { 7427 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7428 7429 // The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 7430 // 7431 // Type: Integer 7432 // 7433 // Not applicable. Neptune cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount 7434 // of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space 7435 // that you use in a Neptune cluster volume. 7436 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 7437 7438 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 7439 // instance during the maintenance window. 7440 // 7441 // Default: true 7442 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 7443 7444 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in 7445 // 7446 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 7447 // Region. 7448 // 7449 // Example: us-east-1d 7450 // 7451 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 7452 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 7453 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 7454 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 7455 7456 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. 7457 // 7458 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 7459 // the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 7460 // 7461 // Default: 1 7462 // 7463 // Constraints: 7464 // 7465 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 7466 // 7467 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 7468 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 7469 7470 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7471 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 7472 7473 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 7474 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 7475 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 7476 7477 // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. 7478 // 7479 // For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. 7480 // 7481 // Type: String 7482 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7483 7484 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 7485 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions. 7486 // 7487 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 7488 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7489 7490 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 7491 // 7492 // Constraints: 7493 // 7494 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7495 // 7496 // * First character must be a letter. 7497 // 7498 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7499 // 7500 // Example: mydbinstance 7501 // 7502 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 7503 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7504 7505 // Not supported. 7506 DBName *string `type:"string"` 7507 7508 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 7509 // this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified 7510 // engine is used. 7511 // 7512 // Constraints: 7513 // 7514 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7515 // 7516 // * First character must be a letter 7517 // 7518 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 7519 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7520 7521 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 7522 // 7523 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 7524 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 7525 7526 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 7527 // 7528 // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. 7529 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7530 7531 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 7532 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 7533 // deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 7534 // 7535 // DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection 7536 // is enabled in their parent DB cluster. 7537 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 7538 7539 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. 7540 Domain *string `type:"string"` 7541 7542 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 7543 // Directory Service. 7544 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 7545 7546 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 7547 // Logs. 7548 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 7549 7550 // True to enable AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for 7551 // Neptune. 7552 // 7553 // Default: false 7554 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 7555 7556 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7557 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 7558 7559 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 7560 // 7561 // Valid Values: neptune 7562 // 7563 // Engine is a required field 7564 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7565 7566 // The version number of the database engine to use. Currently, setting this 7567 // parameter has no effect. 7568 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 7569 7570 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 7571 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 7572 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 7573 7574 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 7575 // 7576 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 7577 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 7578 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 7579 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 7580 // 7581 // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For 7582 // more information, see CreateDBCluster. 7583 // 7584 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 7585 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption 7586 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 7587 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 7588 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 7589 7590 // License model information for this DB instance. 7591 // 7592 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 7593 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 7594 7595 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 7596 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 7597 // 7598 // Not used. 7599 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 7600 7601 // The name for the master user. Not used. 7602 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 7603 7604 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 7605 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 7606 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 7607 // 7608 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 7609 // to a value other than 0. 7610 // 7611 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 7612 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 7613 7614 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send enhanced monitoring 7615 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 7616 // 7617 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 7618 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 7619 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 7620 7621 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the 7622 // AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. 7623 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 7624 7625 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7626 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7627 7628 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7629 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 7630 7631 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 7632 // 7633 // Not applicable. The port is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, 7634 // see CreateDBCluster. 7635 // 7636 // Default: 8182 7637 // 7638 // Type: Integer 7639 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 7640 7641 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created. 7642 // 7643 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 7644 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 7645 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 7646 7647 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 7648 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 7649 // 7650 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 7651 // 7652 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 7653 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 7654 // 7655 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 7656 // 7657 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 7658 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 7659 7660 // A value that specifies the order in which an Read Replica is promoted to 7661 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 7662 // 7663 // Default: 1 7664 // 7665 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 7666 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 7667 7668 // This flag should no longer be used. 7669 // 7670 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 7671 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 7672 7673 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 7674 // 7675 // Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 7676 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 7677 // 7678 // Default: false 7679 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 7680 7681 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 7682 // 7683 // Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster. 7684 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 7685 7686 // The tags to assign to the new instance. 7687 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7688 7689 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 7690 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 7691 7692 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 7693 // device. 7694 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 7695 7696 // The time zone of the DB instance. 7697 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 7698 7699 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 7700 // 7701 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 7702 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 7703 // 7704 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 7705 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 7706} 7707 7708// String returns the string representation 7709func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { 7710 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7711} 7712 7713// GoString returns the string representation 7714func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 7715 return s.String() 7716} 7717 7718// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7719func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 7720 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} 7721 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 7722 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 7723 } 7724 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 7725 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 7726 } 7727 if s.Engine == nil { 7728 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 7729 } 7730 7731 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7732 return invalidParams 7733 } 7734 return nil 7735} 7736 7737// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 7738func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7739 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 7740 return s 7741} 7742 7743// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 7744func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7745 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 7746 return s 7747} 7748 7749// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 7750func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7751 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 7752 return s 7753} 7754 7755// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 7756func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7757 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 7758 return s 7759} 7760 7761// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 7762func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7763 s.CharacterSetName = &v 7764 return s 7765} 7766 7767// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 7768func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7769 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 7770 return s 7771} 7772 7773// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7774func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7775 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7776 return s 7777} 7778 7779// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 7780func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7781 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 7782 return s 7783} 7784 7785// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 7786func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7787 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 7788 return s 7789} 7790 7791// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 7792func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7793 s.DBName = &v 7794 return s 7795} 7796 7797// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 7798func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7799 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 7800 return s 7801} 7802 7803// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 7804func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7805 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 7806 return s 7807} 7808 7809// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 7810func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7811 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 7812 return s 7813} 7814 7815// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 7816func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7817 s.DeletionProtection = &v 7818 return s 7819} 7820 7821// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 7822func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7823 s.Domain = &v 7824 return s 7825} 7826 7827// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 7828func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7829 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 7830 return s 7831} 7832 7833// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 7834func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7835 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 7836 return s 7837} 7838 7839// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 7840func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7841 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 7842 return s 7843} 7844 7845// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 7846func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7847 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 7848 return s 7849} 7850 7851// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 7852func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7853 s.Engine = &v 7854 return s 7855} 7856 7857// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 7858func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7859 s.EngineVersion = &v 7860 return s 7861} 7862 7863// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 7864func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7865 s.Iops = &v 7866 return s 7867} 7868 7869// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 7870func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7871 s.KmsKeyId = &v 7872 return s 7873} 7874 7875// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 7876func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7877 s.LicenseModel = &v 7878 return s 7879} 7880 7881// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 7882func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7883 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 7884 return s 7885} 7886 7887// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 7888func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7889 s.MasterUsername = &v 7890 return s 7891} 7892 7893// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 7894func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7895 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 7896 return s 7897} 7898 7899// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 7900func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7901 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 7902 return s 7903} 7904 7905// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 7906func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7907 s.MultiAZ = &v 7908 return s 7909} 7910 7911// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 7912func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7913 s.OptionGroupName = &v 7914 return s 7915} 7916 7917// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 7918func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7919 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 7920 return s 7921} 7922 7923// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 7924func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7925 s.Port = &v 7926 return s 7927} 7928 7929// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 7930func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7931 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 7932 return s 7933} 7934 7935// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 7936func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7937 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 7938 return s 7939} 7940 7941// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 7942func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7943 s.PromotionTier = &v 7944 return s 7945} 7946 7947// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 7948func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7949 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 7950 return s 7951} 7952 7953// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 7954func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7955 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 7956 return s 7957} 7958 7959// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 7960func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7961 s.StorageType = &v 7962 return s 7963} 7964 7965// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7966func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7967 s.Tags = v 7968 return s 7969} 7970 7971// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 7972func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7973 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 7974 return s 7975} 7976 7977// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 7978func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7979 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 7980 return s 7981} 7982 7983// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 7984func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7985 s.Timezone = &v 7986 return s 7987} 7988 7989// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 7990func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 7991 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 7992 return s 7993} 7994 7995type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { 7996 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7997 7998 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 7999 // 8000 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 8001 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 8002} 8003 8004// String returns the string representation 8005func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 8006 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8007} 8008 8009// GoString returns the string representation 8010func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 8011 return s.String() 8012} 8013 8014// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 8015func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { 8016 s.DBInstance = v 8017 return s 8018} 8019 8020type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { 8021 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8022 8023 // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated 8024 // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only 8025 // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible 8026 // with that DB parameter group family. 8027 // 8028 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 8029 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8030 8031 // The name of the DB parameter group. 8032 // 8033 // Constraints: 8034 // 8035 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 8036 // 8037 // * First character must be a letter 8038 // 8039 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 8040 // 8041 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 8042 // 8043 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 8044 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8045 8046 // The description for the DB parameter group. 8047 // 8048 // Description is a required field 8049 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8050 8051 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB parameter group. 8052 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8053} 8054 8055// String returns the string representation 8056func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 8057 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8058} 8059 8060// GoString returns the string representation 8061func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 8062 return s.String() 8063} 8064 8065// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8066func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 8067 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} 8068 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 8069 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 8070 } 8071 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 8072 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 8073 } 8074 if s.Description == nil { 8075 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 8076 } 8077 8078 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8079 return invalidParams 8080 } 8081 return nil 8082} 8083 8084// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 8085func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8086 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 8087 return s 8088} 8089 8090// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 8091func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8092 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 8093 return s 8094} 8095 8096// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8097func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8098 s.Description = &v 8099 return s 8100} 8101 8102// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8103func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8104 s.Tags = v 8105 return s 8106} 8107 8108type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 8109 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8110 8111 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 8112 // 8113 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 8114 // action. 8115 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 8116} 8117 8118// String returns the string representation 8119func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 8120 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8121} 8122 8123// GoString returns the string representation 8124func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8125 return s.String() 8126} 8127 8128// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 8129func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { 8130 s.DBParameterGroup = v 8131 return s 8132} 8133 8134type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 8135 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8136 8137 // The description for the DB subnet group. 8138 // 8139 // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field 8140 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8141 8142 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 8143 // 8144 // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, 8145 // spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. 8146 // 8147 // Example: mySubnetgroup 8148 // 8149 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 8150 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8151 8152 // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 8153 // 8154 // SubnetIds is a required field 8155 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 8156 8157 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB subnet group. 8158 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8159} 8160 8161// String returns the string representation 8162func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 8163 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8164} 8165 8166// GoString returns the string representation 8167func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 8168 return s.String() 8169} 8170 8171// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8172func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 8173 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} 8174 if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { 8175 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) 8176 } 8177 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 8178 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 8179 } 8180 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 8181 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 8182 } 8183 8184 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8185 return invalidParams 8186 } 8187 return nil 8188} 8189 8190// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 8191func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8192 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 8193 return s 8194} 8195 8196// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 8197func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8198 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 8199 return s 8200} 8201 8202// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8203func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8204 s.SubnetIds = v 8205 return s 8206} 8207 8208// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8209func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8210 s.Tags = v 8211 return s 8212} 8213 8214type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 8215 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8216 8217 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 8218 // 8219 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 8220 // action. 8221 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 8222} 8223 8224// String returns the string representation 8225func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 8226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8227} 8228 8229// GoString returns the string representation 8230func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8231 return s.String() 8232} 8233 8234// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 8235func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { 8236 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 8237 return s 8238} 8239 8240type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { 8241 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8242 8243 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to 8244 // create the subscription but not active it. 8245 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 8246 8247 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 8248 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType by using the 8249 // DescribeEventCategories action. 8250 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 8251 8252 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 8253 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 8254 // it. 8255 // 8256 // SnsTopicArn is a required field 8257 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8258 8259 // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. 8260 // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier 8261 // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and 8262 // hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 8263 // 8264 // Constraints: 8265 // 8266 // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 8267 // 8268 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 8269 // be supplied. 8270 // 8271 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 8272 // be supplied. 8273 // 8274 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 8275 // be supplied. 8276 // 8277 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 8278 // supplied. 8279 SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 8280 8281 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 8282 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 8283 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 8284 // 8285 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 8286 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 8287 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 8288 8289 // The name of the subscription. 8290 // 8291 // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. 8292 // 8293 // SubscriptionName is a required field 8294 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8295 8296 // The tags to be applied to the new event subscription. 8297 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8298} 8299 8300// String returns the string representation 8301func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 8302 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8303} 8304 8305// GoString returns the string representation 8306func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 8307 return s.String() 8308} 8309 8310// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8311func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 8312 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} 8313 if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { 8314 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) 8315 } 8316 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 8317 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 8318 } 8319 8320 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8321 return invalidParams 8322 } 8323 return nil 8324} 8325 8326// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 8327func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8328 s.Enabled = &v 8329 return s 8330} 8331 8332// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 8333func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8334 s.EventCategories = v 8335 return s 8336} 8337 8338// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 8339func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8340 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 8341 return s 8342} 8343 8344// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. 8345func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8346 s.SourceIds = v 8347 return s 8348} 8349 8350// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 8351func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8352 s.SourceType = &v 8353 return s 8354} 8355 8356// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 8357func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8358 s.SubscriptionName = &v 8359 return s 8360} 8361 8362// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8363func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8364 s.Tags = v 8365 return s 8366} 8367 8368type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 8369 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8370 8371 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 8372 // action. 8373 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 8374} 8375 8376// String returns the string representation 8377func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 8378 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8379} 8380 8381// GoString returns the string representation 8382func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 8383 return s.String() 8384} 8385 8386// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 8387func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { 8388 s.EventSubscription = v 8389 return s 8390} 8391 8392// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 8393// 8394// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 8395type DBCluster struct { 8396 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8397 8398 // AllocatedStorage always returns 1, because Neptune DB cluster storage size 8399 // is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. 8400 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 8401 8402 // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that 8403 // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a 8404 // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services 8405 // on your behalf. 8406 AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` 8407 8408 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 8409 // can be created in. 8410 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 8411 8412 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 8413 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 8414 8415 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8416 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 8417 8418 // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. 8419 CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"` 8420 8421 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 8422 // Time (UTC). 8423 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8424 8425 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. 8426 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 8427 8428 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 8429 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 8430 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 8431 8432 // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. 8433 DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` 8434 8435 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8436 DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` 8437 8438 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. 8439 DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` 8440 8441 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, 8442 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 8443 DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` 8444 8445 // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided 8446 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This 8447 // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. 8448 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 8449 8450 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier 8451 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 8452 // cluster is accessed. 8453 DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 8454 8455 // Indicates whether or not the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 8456 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. 8457 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 8458 8459 // Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 8460 // restore. 8461 EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8462 8463 // A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch 8464 // Logs. 8465 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 8466 8467 // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. 8468 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 8469 8470 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 8471 Engine *string `type:"string"` 8472 8473 // Indicates the database engine version. 8474 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 8475 8476 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 8477 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 8478 8479 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 8480 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 8481 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 8482 8483 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 8484 // DB cluster. 8485 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 8486 8487 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 8488 // restore. 8489 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8490 8491 // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. 8492 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 8493 8494 // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. 8495 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 8496 8497 // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. 8498 PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` 8499 8500 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 8501 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 8502 8503 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 8504 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 8505 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 8506 8507 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 8508 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 8509 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 8510 8511 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 8512 // DB cluster. 8513 ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` 8514 8515 // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster 8516 // load-balances connections across the Read Replicas that are available in 8517 // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, 8518 // Neptune distributes the connection requests among the Read Replicas in the 8519 // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across 8520 // multiple Read Replicas in your DB cluster. 8521 // 8522 // If a failover occurs, and the Read Replica that you are connected to is promoted 8523 // to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending 8524 // your read workload to other Read Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect 8525 // to the reader endpoint. 8526 ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` 8527 8528 // Not supported by Neptune. 8529 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 8530 8531 // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. 8532 Status *string `type:"string"` 8533 8534 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 8535 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 8536 8537 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. 8538 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 8539} 8540 8541// String returns the string representation 8542func (s DBCluster) String() string { 8543 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8544} 8545 8546// GoString returns the string representation 8547func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { 8548 return s.String() 8549} 8550 8551// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 8552func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { 8553 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 8554 return s 8555} 8556 8557// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 8558func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { 8559 s.AssociatedRoles = v 8560 return s 8561} 8562 8563// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 8564func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { 8565 s.AvailabilityZones = v 8566 return s 8567} 8568 8569// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 8570func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { 8571 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 8572 return s 8573} 8574 8575// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 8576func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { 8577 s.CharacterSetName = &v 8578 return s 8579} 8580 8581// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value. 8582func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster { 8583 s.CloneGroupId = &v 8584 return s 8585} 8586 8587// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 8588func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 8589 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 8590 return s 8591} 8592 8593// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 8594func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { 8595 s.DBClusterArn = &v 8596 return s 8597} 8598 8599// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 8600func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 8601 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 8602 return s 8603} 8604 8605// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. 8606func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { 8607 s.DBClusterMembers = v 8608 return s 8609} 8610 8611// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. 8612func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { 8613 s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v 8614 return s 8615} 8616 8617// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 8618func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 8619 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v 8620 return s 8621} 8622 8623// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 8624func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 8625 s.DBSubnetGroup = &v 8626 return s 8627} 8628 8629// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 8630func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { 8631 s.DatabaseName = &v 8632 return s 8633} 8634 8635// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. 8636func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { 8637 s.DbClusterResourceId = &v 8638 return s 8639} 8640 8641// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 8642func (s *DBCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBCluster { 8643 s.DeletionProtection = &v 8644 return s 8645} 8646 8647// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. 8648func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 8649 s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v 8650 return s 8651} 8652 8653// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 8654func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster { 8655 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 8656 return s 8657} 8658 8659// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 8660func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 8661 s.Endpoint = &v 8662 return s 8663} 8664 8665// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 8666func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { 8667 s.Engine = &v 8668 return s 8669} 8670 8671// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 8672func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { 8673 s.EngineVersion = &v 8674 return s 8675} 8676 8677// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 8678func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { 8679 s.HostedZoneId = &v 8680 return s 8681} 8682 8683// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 8684func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 8685 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 8686 return s 8687} 8688 8689// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 8690func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 8691 s.KmsKeyId = &v 8692 return s 8693} 8694 8695// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 8696func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 8697 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 8698 return s 8699} 8700 8701// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 8702func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { 8703 s.MasterUsername = &v 8704 return s 8705} 8706 8707// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 8708func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster { 8709 s.MultiAZ = &v 8710 return s 8711} 8712 8713// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 8714func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { 8715 s.PercentProgress = &v 8716 return s 8717} 8718 8719// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 8720func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { 8721 s.Port = &v 8722 return s 8723} 8724 8725// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 8726func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 8727 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 8728 return s 8729} 8730 8731// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 8732func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 8733 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 8734 return s 8735} 8736 8737// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. 8738func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { 8739 s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v 8740 return s 8741} 8742 8743// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. 8744func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 8745 s.ReaderEndpoint = &v 8746 return s 8747} 8748 8749// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 8750func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 8751 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 8752 return s 8753} 8754 8755// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 8756func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 8757 s.Status = &v 8758 return s 8759} 8760 8761// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 8762func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { 8763 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 8764 return s 8765} 8766 8767// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 8768func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { 8769 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 8770 return s 8771} 8772 8773// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. 8774type DBClusterMember struct { 8775 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8776 8777 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of 8778 // the DB cluster. 8779 DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 8780 8781 // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. 8782 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 8783 8784 // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the 8785 // DB cluster and false otherwise. 8786 IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 8787 8788 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 8789 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 8790 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 8791} 8792 8793// String returns the string representation 8794func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { 8795 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8796} 8797 8798// GoString returns the string representation 8799func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { 8800 return s.String() 8801} 8802 8803// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. 8804func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { 8805 s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v 8806 return s 8807} 8808 8809// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 8810func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { 8811 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 8812 return s 8813} 8814 8815// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. 8816func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { 8817 s.IsClusterWriter = &v 8818 return s 8819} 8820 8821// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 8822func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { 8823 s.PromotionTier = &v 8824 return s 8825} 8826 8827// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. 8828type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { 8829 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8830 8831 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. 8832 DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 8833 8834 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. 8835 Status *string `type:"string"` 8836} 8837 8838// String returns the string representation 8839func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { 8840 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8841} 8842 8843// GoString returns the string representation 8844func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { 8845 return s.String() 8846} 8847 8848// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. 8849func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 8850 s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v 8851 return s 8852} 8853 8854// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 8855func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 8856 s.Status = &v 8857 return s 8858} 8859 8860// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 8861// 8862// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 8863// action. 8864type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { 8865 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8866 8867 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. 8868 DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 8869 8870 // Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. 8871 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 8872 8873 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter 8874 // group is compatible with. 8875 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 8876 8877 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter 8878 // group. 8879 Description *string `type:"string"` 8880} 8881 8882// String returns the string representation 8883func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { 8884 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8885} 8886 8887// GoString returns the string representation 8888func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { 8889 return s.String() 8890} 8891 8892// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. 8893func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 8894 s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v 8895 return s 8896} 8897 8898// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 8899func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 8900 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 8901 return s 8902} 8903 8904// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 8905func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 8906 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 8907 return s 8908} 8909 8910// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8911func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 8912 s.Description = &v 8913 return s 8914} 8915 8916// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated 8917// with a DB cluster. 8918type DBClusterRole struct { 8919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8920 8921 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 8922 // DB cluster. 8923 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 8924 8925 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. 8926 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 8927 // 8928 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can 8929 // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. 8930 // 8931 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. 8932 // 8933 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the 8934 // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS 8935 // services on your behalf. 8936 Status *string `type:"string"` 8937} 8938 8939// String returns the string representation 8940func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { 8941 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8942} 8943 8944// GoString returns the string representation 8945func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { 8946 return s.String() 8947} 8948 8949// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8950func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { 8951 s.RoleArn = &v 8952 return s 8953} 8954 8955// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 8956func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { 8957 s.Status = &v 8958 return s 8959} 8960 8961// Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 8962// 8963// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 8964// action. 8965type DBClusterSnapshot struct { 8966 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8967 8968 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 8969 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 8970 8971 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 8972 // snapshot can be restored in. 8973 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 8974 8975 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 8976 // Time (UTC). 8977 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8978 8979 // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster 8980 // snapshot was created from. 8981 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 8982 8983 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. 8984 DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 8985 8986 // Specifies the identifier for a DB cluster snapshot. Must match the identifier 8987 // of an existing snapshot. 8988 // 8989 // After you restore a DB cluster using a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, you must 8990 // specify the same DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier for any future updates to the 8991 // DB cluster. When you specify this property for an update, the DB cluster 8992 // is not restored from the snapshot again, and the data in the database is 8993 // not changed. 8994 // 8995 // However, if you don't specify the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, an empty DB 8996 // cluster is created, and the original DB cluster is deleted. If you specify 8997 // a property that is different from the previous snapshot restore property, 8998 // the DB cluster is restored from the snapshot specified by the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, 8999 // and the original DB cluster is deleted. 9000 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9001 9002 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 9003 Engine *string `type:"string"` 9004 9005 // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 9006 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 9007 9008 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 9009 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 9010 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 9011 9012 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 9013 // DB cluster snapshot. 9014 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 9015 9016 // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. 9017 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 9018 9019 // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. 9020 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 9021 9022 // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 9023 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 9024 9025 // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the 9026 // snapshot. 9027 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 9028 9029 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 9030 // (UTC). 9031 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9032 9033 // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. 9034 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 9035 9036 // If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, 9037 // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, 9038 // a null value. 9039 SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 9040 9041 // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. 9042 Status *string `type:"string"` 9043 9044 // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. 9045 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 9046 9047 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. 9048 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 9049} 9050 9051// String returns the string representation 9052func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { 9053 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9054} 9055 9056// GoString returns the string representation 9057func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { 9058 return s.String() 9059} 9060 9061// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 9062func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9063 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 9064 return s 9065} 9066 9067// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 9068func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9069 s.AvailabilityZones = v 9070 return s 9071} 9072 9073// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 9074func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9075 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 9076 return s 9077} 9078 9079// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9080func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9081 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9082 return s 9083} 9084 9085// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 9086func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9087 s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 9088 return s 9089} 9090 9091// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 9092func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9093 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 9094 return s 9095} 9096 9097// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 9098func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9099 s.Engine = &v 9100 return s 9101} 9102 9103// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 9104func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9105 s.EngineVersion = &v 9106 return s 9107} 9108 9109// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 9110func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9111 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 9112 return s 9113} 9114 9115// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 9116func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9117 s.KmsKeyId = &v 9118 return s 9119} 9120 9121// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 9122func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9123 s.LicenseModel = &v 9124 return s 9125} 9126 9127// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 9128func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9129 s.MasterUsername = &v 9130 return s 9131} 9132 9133// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 9134func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9135 s.PercentProgress = &v 9136 return s 9137} 9138 9139// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 9140func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9141 s.Port = &v 9142 return s 9143} 9144 9145// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 9146func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9147 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 9148 return s 9149} 9150 9151// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 9152func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9153 s.SnapshotType = &v 9154 return s 9155} 9156 9157// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 9158func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9159 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 9160 return s 9161} 9162 9163// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9164func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9165 s.Status = &v 9166 return s 9167} 9168 9169// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 9170func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9171 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 9172 return s 9173} 9174 9175// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 9176func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9177 s.VpcId = &v 9178 return s 9179} 9180 9181// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9182// 9183// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 9184// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 9185// API action. 9186type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { 9187 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9188 9189 // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9190 // 9191 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 9192 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 9193 // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 9194 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 9195 9196 // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9197 // 9198 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 9199 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 9200 // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual 9201 // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or 9202 // restore. 9203 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 9204} 9205 9206// String returns the string representation 9207func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 9208 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9209} 9210 9211// GoString returns the string representation 9212func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 9213 return s.String() 9214} 9215 9216// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 9217func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 9218 s.AttributeName = &v 9219 return s 9220} 9221 9222// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 9223func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 9224 s.AttributeValues = v 9225 return s 9226} 9227 9228// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 9229// API action. 9230// 9231// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 9232// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 9233// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 9234type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 9235 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9236 9237 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. 9238 DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 9239 9240 // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply 9241 // to. 9242 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9243} 9244 9245// String returns the string representation 9246func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 9247 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9248} 9249 9250// GoString returns the string representation 9251func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 9252 return s.String() 9253} 9254 9255// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. 9256func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 9257 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v 9258 return s 9259} 9260 9261// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 9262func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 9263 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 9264 return s 9265} 9266 9267// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 9268type DBEngineVersion struct { 9269 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9270 9271 // The description of the database engine. 9272 DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` 9273 9274 // The description of the database engine version. 9275 DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` 9276 9277 // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. 9278 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 9279 9280 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9281 DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` 9282 9283 // The name of the database engine. 9284 Engine *string `type:"string"` 9285 9286 // The version number of the database engine. 9287 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 9288 9289 // The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch 9290 // Logs. 9291 ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 9292 9293 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9294 SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 9295 9296 // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter 9297 // of the CreateDBInstance action. 9298 SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` 9299 9300 // A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the 9301 // log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. 9302 SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"` 9303 9304 // Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. 9305 SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"` 9306 9307 // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded 9308 // to. 9309 ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` 9310} 9311 9312// String returns the string representation 9313func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { 9314 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9315} 9316 9317// GoString returns the string representation 9318func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { 9319 return s.String() 9320} 9321 9322// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. 9323func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 9324 s.DBEngineDescription = &v 9325 return s 9326} 9327 9328// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. 9329func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 9330 s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v 9331 return s 9332} 9333 9334// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 9335func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 9336 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 9337 return s 9338} 9339 9340// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. 9341func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 9342 s.DefaultCharacterSet = v 9343 return s 9344} 9345 9346// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 9347func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 9348 s.Engine = &v 9349 return s 9350} 9351 9352// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 9353func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 9354 s.EngineVersion = &v 9355 return s 9356} 9357 9358// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value. 9359func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 9360 s.ExportableLogTypes = v 9361 return s 9362} 9363 9364// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. 9365func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 9366 s.SupportedCharacterSets = v 9367 return s 9368} 9369 9370// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. 9371func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { 9372 s.SupportedTimezones = v 9373 return s 9374} 9375 9376// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value. 9377func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 9378 s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v 9379 return s 9380} 9381 9382// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value. 9383func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 9384 s.SupportsReadReplica = &v 9385 return s 9386} 9387 9388// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. 9389func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { 9390 s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v 9391 return s 9392} 9393 9394// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 9395// 9396// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 9397type DBInstance struct { 9398 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9399 9400 // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. 9401 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 9402 9403 // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. 9404 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 9405 9406 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. 9407 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 9408 9409 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 9410 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 9411 9412 // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. 9413 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9414 9415 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9416 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 9417 9418 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the 9419 // DB instance. 9420 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 9421 9422 // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the 9423 // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. 9424 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9425 9426 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. 9427 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 9428 9429 // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. 9430 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 9431 9432 // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique 9433 // key that identifies a DB instance. 9434 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9435 9436 // Specifies the current state of this database. 9437 DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` 9438 9439 // The database name. 9440 DBName *string `type:"string"` 9441 9442 // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. 9443 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 9444 9445 // Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name 9446 // and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. 9447 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 9448 9449 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, 9450 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 9451 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 9452 9453 // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is 9454 // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. 9455 DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` 9456 9457 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier 9458 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 9459 // instance is accessed. 9460 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 9461 9462 // Indicates whether or not the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 9463 // The instance can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. See Deleting 9464 // a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 9465 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 9466 9467 // Not supported 9468 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 9469 9470 // A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch 9471 // Logs. 9472 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 9473 9474 // Specifies the connection endpoint. 9475 Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 9476 9477 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. 9478 Engine *string `type:"string"` 9479 9480 // Indicates the database engine version. 9481 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 9482 9483 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that 9484 // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. 9485 EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` 9486 9487 // True if AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, 9488 // and otherwise false. 9489 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 9490 9491 // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. 9492 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9493 9494 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. 9495 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 9496 9497 // Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 9498 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 9499 9500 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 9501 // restore. 9502 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9503 9504 // License model information for this DB instance. 9505 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 9506 9507 // Contains the master username for the DB instance. 9508 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 9509 9510 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 9511 // are collected for the DB instance. 9512 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 9513 9514 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send Enhanced Monitoring 9515 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. 9516 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 9517 9518 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 9519 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 9520 9521 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9522 OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` 9523 9524 // Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only 9525 // included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. 9526 PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 9527 9528 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9529 PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 9530 9531 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9532 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 9533 9534 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 9535 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 9536 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 9537 9538 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 9539 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 9540 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 9541 9542 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 9543 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 9544 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 9545 9546 // This flag should no longer be used. 9547 // 9548 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 9549 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 9550 9551 // Contains one or more identifiers of DB clusters that are Read Replicas of 9552 // this DB instance. 9553 ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"` 9554 9555 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 9556 // DB instance. 9557 ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` 9558 9559 // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is 9560 // a Read Replica. 9561 ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9562 9563 // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB 9564 // instance with multi-AZ support. 9565 SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 9566 9567 // The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this 9568 // is blank. 9569 StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` 9570 9571 // Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 9572 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 9573 9574 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. 9575 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 9576 9577 // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE 9578 // encryption. 9579 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 9580 9581 // Not supported. 9582 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 9583 9584 // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs 9585 // to. 9586 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 9587} 9588 9589// String returns the string representation 9590func (s DBInstance) String() string { 9591 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9592} 9593 9594// GoString returns the string representation 9595func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { 9596 return s.String() 9597} 9598 9599// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 9600func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 9601 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 9602 return s 9603} 9604 9605// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 9606func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { 9607 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 9608 return s 9609} 9610 9611// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 9612func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 9613 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 9614 return s 9615} 9616 9617// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 9618func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 9619 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 9620 return s 9621} 9622 9623// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 9624func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 9625 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 9626 return s 9627} 9628 9629// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 9630func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 9631 s.CharacterSetName = &v 9632 return s 9633} 9634 9635// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 9636func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { 9637 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 9638 return s 9639} 9640 9641// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9642func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 9643 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9644 return s 9645} 9646 9647// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 9648func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 9649 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 9650 return s 9651} 9652 9653// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 9654func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { 9655 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 9656 return s 9657} 9658 9659// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 9660func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 9661 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 9662 return s 9663} 9664 9665// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. 9666func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 9667 s.DBInstanceStatus = &v 9668 return s 9669} 9670 9671// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 9672func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { 9673 s.DBName = &v 9674 return s 9675} 9676 9677// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 9678func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { 9679 s.DBParameterGroups = v 9680 return s 9681} 9682 9683// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 9684func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 9685 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 9686 return s 9687} 9688 9689// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 9690func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { 9691 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 9692 return s 9693} 9694 9695// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. 9696func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { 9697 s.DbInstancePort = &v 9698 return s 9699} 9700 9701// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 9702func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { 9703 s.DbiResourceId = &v 9704 return s 9705} 9706 9707// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 9708func (s *DBInstance) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBInstance { 9709 s.DeletionProtection = &v 9710 return s 9711} 9712 9713// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 9714func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { 9715 s.DomainMemberships = v 9716 return s 9717} 9718 9719// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 9720func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance { 9721 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 9722 return s 9723} 9724 9725// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 9726func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 9727 s.Endpoint = v 9728 return s 9729} 9730 9731// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 9732func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { 9733 s.Engine = &v 9734 return s 9735} 9736 9737// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 9738func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { 9739 s.EngineVersion = &v 9740 return s 9741} 9742 9743// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. 9744func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 9745 s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v 9746 return s 9747} 9748 9749// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 9750func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 9751 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 9752 return s 9753} 9754 9755// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 9756func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 9757 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 9758 return s 9759} 9760 9761// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 9762func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { 9763 s.Iops = &v 9764 return s 9765} 9766 9767// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 9768func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 9769 s.KmsKeyId = &v 9770 return s 9771} 9772 9773// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 9774func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 9775 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 9776 return s 9777} 9778 9779// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 9780func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { 9781 s.LicenseModel = &v 9782 return s 9783} 9784 9785// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 9786func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { 9787 s.MasterUsername = &v 9788 return s 9789} 9790 9791// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 9792func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { 9793 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 9794 return s 9795} 9796 9797// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 9798func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { 9799 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 9800 return s 9801} 9802 9803// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 9804func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { 9805 s.MultiAZ = &v 9806 return s 9807} 9808 9809// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. 9810func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 9811 s.OptionGroupMemberships = v 9812 return s 9813} 9814 9815// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 9816func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { 9817 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 9818 return s 9819} 9820 9821// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value. 9822func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 9823 s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v 9824 return s 9825} 9826 9827// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 9828func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 9829 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 9830 return s 9831} 9832 9833// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 9834func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 9835 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 9836 return s 9837} 9838 9839// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 9840func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 9841 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 9842 return s 9843} 9844 9845// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 9846func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { 9847 s.PromotionTier = &v 9848 return s 9849} 9850 9851// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 9852func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { 9853 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 9854 return s 9855} 9856 9857// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 9858func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 9859 s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v 9860 return s 9861} 9862 9863// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 9864func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 9865 s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v 9866 return s 9867} 9868 9869// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 9870func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 9871 s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 9872 return s 9873} 9874 9875// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. 9876func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 9877 s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v 9878 return s 9879} 9880 9881// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. 9882func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { 9883 s.StatusInfos = v 9884 return s 9885} 9886 9887// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 9888func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { 9889 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 9890 return s 9891} 9892 9893// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 9894func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { 9895 s.StorageType = &v 9896 return s 9897} 9898 9899// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 9900func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { 9901 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 9902 return s 9903} 9904 9905// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 9906func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { 9907 s.Timezone = &v 9908 return s 9909} 9910 9911// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 9912func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 9913 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 9914 return s 9915} 9916 9917// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. 9918type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { 9919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9920 9921 // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance 9922 // is not in an error state, this value is blank. 9923 Message *string `type:"string"` 9924 9925 // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false 9926 // if the instance is in an error state. 9927 Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` 9928 9929 // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can 9930 // be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. 9931 Status *string `type:"string"` 9932 9933 // This value is currently "read replication." 9934 StatusType *string `type:"string"` 9935} 9936 9937// String returns the string representation 9938func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { 9939 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9940} 9941 9942// GoString returns the string representation 9943func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { 9944 return s.String() 9945} 9946 9947// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 9948func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 9949 s.Message = &v 9950 return s 9951} 9952 9953// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. 9954func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 9955 s.Normal = &v 9956 return s 9957} 9958 9959// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9960func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 9961 s.Status = &v 9962 return s 9963} 9964 9965// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. 9966func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 9967 s.StatusType = &v 9968 return s 9969} 9970 9971// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 9972// 9973// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 9974// action. 9975type DBParameterGroup struct { 9976 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9977 9978 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. 9979 DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 9980 9981 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter 9982 // group is compatible with. 9983 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 9984 9985 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 9986 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 9987 9988 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. 9989 Description *string `type:"string"` 9990} 9991 9992// String returns the string representation 9993func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { 9994 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9995} 9996 9997// GoString returns the string representation 9998func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { 9999 return s.String() 10000} 10001 10002// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. 10003func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10004 s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v 10005 return s 10006} 10007 10008// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 10009func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10010 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 10011 return s 10012} 10013 10014// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 10015func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10016 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 10017 return s 10018} 10019 10020// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10021func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10022 s.Description = &v 10023 return s 10024} 10025 10026// The status of the DB parameter group. 10027// 10028// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 10029// 10030// * CreateDBInstance 10031// 10032// * DeleteDBInstance 10033// 10034// * ModifyDBInstance 10035// 10036// * RebootDBInstance 10037type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { 10038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10039 10040 // The name of the DP parameter group. 10041 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10042 10043 // The status of parameter updates. 10044 ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` 10045} 10046 10047// String returns the string representation 10048func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { 10049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10050} 10051 10052// GoString returns the string representation 10053func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { 10054 return s.String() 10055} 10056 10057// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 10058func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 10059 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 10060 return s 10061} 10062 10063// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. 10064func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 10065 s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v 10066 return s 10067} 10068 10069// Specifies membership in a designated DB security group. 10070type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { 10071 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10072 10073 // The name of the DB security group. 10074 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10075 10076 // The status of the DB security group. 10077 Status *string `type:"string"` 10078} 10079 10080// String returns the string representation 10081func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 10082 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10083} 10084 10085// GoString returns the string representation 10086func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 10087 return s.String() 10088} 10089 10090// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 10091func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 10092 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 10093 return s 10094} 10095 10096// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 10097func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 10098 s.Status = &v 10099 return s 10100} 10101 10102// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 10103// 10104// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 10105// action. 10106type DBSubnetGroup struct { 10107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10108 10109 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. 10110 DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 10111 10112 // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. 10113 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 10114 10115 // The name of the DB subnet group. 10116 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10117 10118 // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. 10119 SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 10120 10121 // Contains a list of Subnet elements. 10122 Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` 10123 10124 // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. 10125 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 10126} 10127 10128// String returns the string representation 10129func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { 10130 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10131} 10132 10133// GoString returns the string representation 10134func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { 10135 return s.String() 10136} 10137 10138// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. 10139func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10140 s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v 10141 return s 10142} 10143 10144// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 10145func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10146 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 10147 return s 10148} 10149 10150// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 10151func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10152 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 10153 return s 10154} 10155 10156// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. 10157func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10158 s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v 10159 return s 10160} 10161 10162// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. 10163func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { 10164 s.Subnets = v 10165 return s 10166} 10167 10168// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 10169func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10170 s.VpcId = &v 10171 return s 10172} 10173 10174type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { 10175 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10176 10177 // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter 10178 // isn't case-sensitive. 10179 // 10180 // Constraints: 10181 // 10182 // * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 10183 // 10184 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 10185 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10186 10187 // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created 10188 // when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. 10189 // 10190 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 10191 // to true results in an error. 10192 // 10193 // Constraints: 10194 // 10195 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 10196 // 10197 // * First character must be a letter 10198 // 10199 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10200 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10201 10202 // Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster 10203 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false 10204 // is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. 10205 // 10206 // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot 10207 // is false. 10208 // 10209 // Default: false 10210 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 10211} 10212 10213// String returns the string representation 10214func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { 10215 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10216} 10217 10218// GoString returns the string representation 10219func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 10220 return s.String() 10221} 10222 10223// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10224func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 10225 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} 10226 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 10227 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 10228 } 10229 10230 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10231 return invalidParams 10232 } 10233 return nil 10234} 10235 10236// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 10237func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 10238 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 10239 return s 10240} 10241 10242// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10243func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 10244 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10245 return s 10246} 10247 10248// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 10249func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 10250 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 10251 return s 10252} 10253 10254type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { 10255 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10256 10257 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 10258 // 10259 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 10260 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 10261} 10262 10263// String returns the string representation 10264func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { 10265 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10266} 10267 10268// GoString returns the string representation 10269func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 10270 return s.String() 10271} 10272 10273// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 10274func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { 10275 s.DBCluster = v 10276 return s 10277} 10278 10279type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 10280 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10281 10282 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 10283 // 10284 // Constraints: 10285 // 10286 // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 10287 // 10288 // * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. 10289 // 10290 // * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. 10291 // 10292 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 10293 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10294} 10295 10296// String returns the string representation 10297func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 10298 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10299} 10300 10301// GoString returns the string representation 10302func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 10303 return s.String() 10304} 10305 10306// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10307func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 10308 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 10309 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 10310 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 10311 } 10312 10313 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10314 return invalidParams 10315 } 10316 return nil 10317} 10318 10319// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 10320func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10321 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 10322 return s 10323} 10324 10325type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 10326 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10327} 10328 10329// String returns the string representation 10330func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 10331 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10332} 10333 10334// GoString returns the string representation 10335func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10336 return s.String() 10337} 10338 10339type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 10340 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10341 10342 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. 10343 // 10344 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available 10345 // state. 10346 // 10347 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10348 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10349} 10350 10351// String returns the string representation 10352func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 10353 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10354} 10355 10356// GoString returns the string representation 10357func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 10358 return s.String() 10359} 10360 10361// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10362func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 10363 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 10364 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10365 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 10366 } 10367 10368 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10369 return invalidParams 10370 } 10371 return nil 10372} 10373 10374// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10375func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10376 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10377 return s 10378} 10379 10380type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 10381 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10382 10383 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 10384 // 10385 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 10386 // action. 10387 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 10388} 10389 10390// String returns the string representation 10391func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 10392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10393} 10394 10395// GoString returns the string representation 10396func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 10397 return s.String() 10398} 10399 10400// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 10401func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 10402 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 10403 return s 10404} 10405 10406type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { 10407 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10408 10409 // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter 10410 // isn't case-sensitive. 10411 // 10412 // Constraints: 10413 // 10414 // * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. 10415 // 10416 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 10417 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10418 10419 // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot 10420 // is set to false. 10421 // 10422 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 10423 // to true results in an error. 10424 // 10425 // Constraints: 10426 // 10427 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 10428 // 10429 // * First character must be a letter 10430 // 10431 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10432 // 10433 // * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. 10434 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10435 10436 // Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance 10437 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, 10438 // a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. 10439 // 10440 // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 10441 // 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted 10442 // when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". 10443 // 10444 // Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. 10445 // 10446 // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot 10447 // is false. 10448 // 10449 // Default: false 10450 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 10451} 10452 10453// String returns the string representation 10454func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { 10455 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10456} 10457 10458// GoString returns the string representation 10459func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 10460 return s.String() 10461} 10462 10463// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10464func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 10465 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} 10466 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 10467 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 10468 } 10469 10470 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10471 return invalidParams 10472 } 10473 return nil 10474} 10475 10476// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 10477func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 10478 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 10479 return s 10480} 10481 10482// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10483func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 10484 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10485 return s 10486} 10487 10488// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 10489func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 10490 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 10491 return s 10492} 10493 10494type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { 10495 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10496 10497 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 10498 // 10499 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 10500 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 10501} 10502 10503// String returns the string representation 10504func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 10505 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10506} 10507 10508// GoString returns the string representation 10509func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 10510 return s.String() 10511} 10512 10513// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 10514func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { 10515 s.DBInstance = v 10516 return s 10517} 10518 10519type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { 10520 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10521 10522 // The name of the DB parameter group. 10523 // 10524 // Constraints: 10525 // 10526 // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group 10527 // 10528 // * You can't delete a default DB parameter group 10529 // 10530 // * Cannot be associated with any DB instances 10531 // 10532 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 10533 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10534} 10535 10536// String returns the string representation 10537func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 10538 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10539} 10540 10541// GoString returns the string representation 10542func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 10543 return s.String() 10544} 10545 10546// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10547func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 10548 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} 10549 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 10550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 10551 } 10552 10553 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10554 return invalidParams 10555 } 10556 return nil 10557} 10558 10559// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 10560func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { 10561 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 10562 return s 10563} 10564 10565type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 10566 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10567} 10568 10569// String returns the string representation 10570func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 10571 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10572} 10573 10574// GoString returns the string representation 10575func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10576 return s.String() 10577} 10578 10579type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 10580 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10581 10582 // The name of the database subnet group to delete. 10583 // 10584 // You can't delete the default subnet group. 10585 // 10586 // Constraints: 10587 // 10588 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 10589 // default. 10590 // 10591 // Example: mySubnetgroup 10592 // 10593 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 10594 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10595} 10596 10597// String returns the string representation 10598func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 10599 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10600} 10601 10602// GoString returns the string representation 10603func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 10604 return s.String() 10605} 10606 10607// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10608func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 10609 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} 10610 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 10611 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 10612 } 10613 10614 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10615 return invalidParams 10616 } 10617 return nil 10618} 10619 10620// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 10621func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { 10622 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 10623 return s 10624} 10625 10626type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 10627 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10628} 10629 10630// String returns the string representation 10631func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 10632 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10633} 10634 10635// GoString returns the string representation 10636func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10637 return s.String() 10638} 10639 10640type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { 10641 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10642 10643 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to delete. 10644 // 10645 // SubscriptionName is a required field 10646 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10647} 10648 10649// String returns the string representation 10650func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 10651 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10652} 10653 10654// GoString returns the string representation 10655func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 10656 return s.String() 10657} 10658 10659// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10660func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 10661 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} 10662 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 10663 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 10664 } 10665 10666 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10667 return invalidParams 10668 } 10669 return nil 10670} 10671 10672// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 10673func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { 10674 s.SubscriptionName = &v 10675 return s 10676} 10677 10678type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 10679 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10680 10681 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 10682 // action. 10683 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 10684} 10685 10686// String returns the string representation 10687func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 10688 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10689} 10690 10691// GoString returns the string representation 10692func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 10693 return s.String() 10694} 10695 10696// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 10697func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { 10698 s.EventSubscription = v 10699 return s 10700} 10701 10702type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { 10703 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10704 10705 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. 10706 // 10707 // Constraints: 10708 // 10709 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 10710 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10711 10712 // This parameter is not currently supported. 10713 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 10714 10715 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 10716 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 10717 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 10718 Marker *string `type:"string"` 10719 10720 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 10721 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 10722 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 10723 // 10724 // Default: 100 10725 // 10726 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 10727 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 10728} 10729 10730// String returns the string representation 10731func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 10732 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10733} 10734 10735// GoString returns the string representation 10736func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 10737 return s.String() 10738} 10739 10740// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10741func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 10742 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} 10743 if s.Filters != nil { 10744 for i, v := range s.Filters { 10745 if v == nil { 10746 continue 10747 } 10748 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10749 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10750 } 10751 } 10752 } 10753 10754 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10755 return invalidParams 10756 } 10757 return nil 10758} 10759 10760// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 10761func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 10762 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 10763 return s 10764} 10765 10766// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 10767func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 10768 s.Filters = v 10769 return s 10770} 10771 10772// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 10773func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 10774 s.Marker = &v 10775 return s 10776} 10777 10778// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 10779func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 10780 s.MaxRecords = &v 10781 return s 10782} 10783 10784type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { 10785 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10786 10787 // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. 10788 DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` 10789 10790 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 10791 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 10792 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 10793 Marker *string `type:"string"` 10794} 10795 10796// String returns the string representation 10797func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 10798 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10799} 10800 10801// GoString returns the string representation 10802func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 10803 return s.String() 10804} 10805 10806// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. 10807func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 10808 s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v 10809 return s 10810} 10811 10812// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 10813func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 10814 s.Marker = &v 10815 return s 10816} 10817 10818type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { 10819 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10820 10821 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details 10822 // for. 10823 // 10824 // Constraints: 10825 // 10826 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 10827 // 10828 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 10829 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10830 10831 // This parameter is not currently supported. 10832 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 10833 10834 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 10835 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 10836 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 10837 Marker *string `type:"string"` 10838 10839 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 10840 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 10841 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 10842 // 10843 // Default: 100 10844 // 10845 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 10846 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 10847 10848 // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter 10849 // sources can be engine, service, or customer. 10850 Source *string `type:"string"` 10851} 10852 10853// String returns the string representation 10854func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { 10855 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10856} 10857 10858// GoString returns the string representation 10859func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 10860 return s.String() 10861} 10862 10863// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10864func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 10865 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} 10866 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 10867 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 10868 } 10869 if s.Filters != nil { 10870 for i, v := range s.Filters { 10871 if v == nil { 10872 continue 10873 } 10874 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10875 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10876 } 10877 } 10878 } 10879 10880 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10881 return invalidParams 10882 } 10883 return nil 10884} 10885 10886// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 10887func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 10888 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 10889 return s 10890} 10891 10892// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 10893func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 10894 s.Filters = v 10895 return s 10896} 10897 10898// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 10899func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 10900 s.Marker = &v 10901 return s 10902} 10903 10904// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 10905func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 10906 s.MaxRecords = &v 10907 return s 10908} 10909 10910// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 10911func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 10912 s.Source = &v 10913 return s 10914} 10915 10916type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { 10917 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10918 10919 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 10920 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 10921 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 10922 Marker *string `type:"string"` 10923 10924 // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. 10925 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 10926} 10927 10928// String returns the string representation 10929func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 10930 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10931} 10932 10933// GoString returns the string representation 10934func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 10935 return s.String() 10936} 10937 10938// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 10939func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 10940 s.Marker = &v 10941 return s 10942} 10943 10944// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 10945func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 10946 s.Parameters = v 10947 return s 10948} 10949 10950type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 10951 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10952 10953 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. 10954 // 10955 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10956 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10957} 10958 10959// String returns the string representation 10960func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 10961 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10962} 10963 10964// GoString returns the string representation 10965func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 10966 return s.String() 10967} 10968 10969// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10970func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 10971 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} 10972 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10973 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 10974 } 10975 10976 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10977 return invalidParams 10978 } 10979 return nil 10980} 10981 10982// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10983func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { 10984 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10985 return s 10986} 10987 10988type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 10989 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10990 10991 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 10992 // API action. 10993 // 10994 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 10995 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 10996 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 10997 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 10998} 10999 11000// String returns the string representation 11001func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 11002 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11003} 11004 11005// GoString returns the string representation 11006func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 11007 return s.String() 11008} 11009 11010// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 11011func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { 11012 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 11013 return s 11014} 11015 11016type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { 11017 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11018 11019 // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. 11020 // This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 11021 // parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 11022 // 11023 // Constraints: 11024 // 11025 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 11026 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11027 11028 // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't 11029 // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value 11030 // is stored as a lowercase string. 11031 // 11032 // Constraints: 11033 // 11034 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. 11035 // 11036 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 11037 // must also be specified. 11038 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11039 11040 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11041 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11042 11043 // True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied 11044 // or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 11045 // The default is false. 11046 // 11047 // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 11048 // API action. 11049 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 11050 11051 // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts 11052 // that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise 11053 // false. The default is false. 11054 // 11055 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot 11056 // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 11057 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 11058 11059 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 11060 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11061 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11062 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11063 11064 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11065 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11066 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11067 // 11068 // Default: 100 11069 // 11070 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11071 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11072 11073 // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the 11074 // following values: 11075 // 11076 // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically 11077 // taken by Amazon Neptune for my AWS account. 11078 // 11079 // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my 11080 // AWS account. 11081 // 11082 // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared 11083 // to my AWS account. 11084 // 11085 // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. 11086 // 11087 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 11088 // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots 11089 // with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can 11090 // include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic 11091 // parameter to true. 11092 // 11093 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 11094 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 11095 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 11096 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 11097 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 11098} 11099 11100// String returns the string representation 11101func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { 11102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11103} 11104 11105// GoString returns the string representation 11106func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 11107 return s.String() 11108} 11109 11110// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11111func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 11112 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} 11113 if s.Filters != nil { 11114 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11115 if v == nil { 11116 continue 11117 } 11118 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11119 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11120 } 11121 } 11122 } 11123 11124 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11125 return invalidParams 11126 } 11127 return nil 11128} 11129 11130// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11131func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11132 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11133 return s 11134} 11135 11136// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11137func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11138 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11139 return s 11140} 11141 11142// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11143func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11144 s.Filters = v 11145 return s 11146} 11147 11148// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 11149func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11150 s.IncludePublic = &v 11151 return s 11152} 11153 11154// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 11155func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11156 s.IncludeShared = &v 11157 return s 11158} 11159 11160// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11161func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11162 s.Marker = &v 11163 return s 11164} 11165 11166// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11167func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11168 s.MaxRecords = &v 11169 return s 11170} 11171 11172// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 11173func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 11174 s.SnapshotType = &v 11175 return s 11176} 11177 11178type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { 11179 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11180 11181 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. 11182 DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` 11183 11184 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 11185 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11186 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11187 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11188} 11189 11190// String returns the string representation 11191func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 11192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11193} 11194 11195// GoString returns the string representation 11196func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 11197 return s.String() 11198} 11199 11200// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. 11201func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 11202 s.DBClusterSnapshots = v 11203 return s 11204} 11205 11206// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11207func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 11208 s.Marker = &v 11209 return s 11210} 11211 11212type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { 11213 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11214 11215 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 11216 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 11217 // isn't case-sensitive. 11218 // 11219 // Constraints: 11220 // 11221 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 11222 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11223 11224 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. 11225 // 11226 // Supported filters: 11227 // 11228 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 11229 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 11230 // about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 11231 // 11232 // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the 11233 // results list to DB clusters created by that engine. 11234 // 11235 // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only 11236 // Neptune DB clusters are returned, you could use the following command: 11237 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11238 11239 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. 11240 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 11241 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11242 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11243 11244 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11245 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11246 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11247 // 11248 // Default: 100 11249 // 11250 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11251 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11252} 11253 11254// String returns the string representation 11255func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { 11256 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11257} 11258 11259// GoString returns the string representation 11260func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { 11261 return s.String() 11262} 11263 11264// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11265func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { 11266 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} 11267 if s.Filters != nil { 11268 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11269 if v == nil { 11270 continue 11271 } 11272 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11273 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11274 } 11275 } 11276 } 11277 11278 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11279 return invalidParams 11280 } 11281 return nil 11282} 11283 11284// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11285func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 11286 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11287 return s 11288} 11289 11290// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11291func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 11292 s.Filters = v 11293 return s 11294} 11295 11296// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11297func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 11298 s.Marker = &v 11299 return s 11300} 11301 11302// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11303func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 11304 s.MaxRecords = &v 11305 return s 11306} 11307 11308type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { 11309 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11310 11311 // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. 11312 DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` 11313 11314 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. 11315 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11316} 11317 11318// String returns the string representation 11319func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { 11320 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11321} 11322 11323// GoString returns the string representation 11324func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { 11325 return s.String() 11326} 11327 11328// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. 11329func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 11330 s.DBClusters = v 11331 return s 11332} 11333 11334// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11335func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 11336 s.Marker = &v 11337 return s 11338} 11339 11340type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { 11341 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11342 11343 // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. 11344 // 11345 // Constraints: 11346 // 11347 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. 11348 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 11349 11350 // Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine 11351 // and major version combination is returned. 11352 DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 11353 11354 // The database engine to return. 11355 Engine *string `type:"string"` 11356 11357 // The database engine version to return. 11358 // 11359 // Example: 5.1.49 11360 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 11361 11362 // Not currently supported. 11363 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11364 11365 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName 11366 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 11367 // character sets for each engine version. 11368 ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` 11369 11370 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone 11371 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 11372 // time zones for each engine version. 11373 ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` 11374 11375 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11376 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11377 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 11378 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11379 11380 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 11381 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 11382 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 11383 // 11384 // Default: 100 11385 // 11386 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11387 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11388} 11389 11390// String returns the string representation 11391func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { 11392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11393} 11394 11395// GoString returns the string representation 11396func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { 11397 return s.String() 11398} 11399 11400// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11401func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { 11402 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} 11403 if s.Filters != nil { 11404 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11405 if v == nil { 11406 continue 11407 } 11408 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11409 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11410 } 11411 } 11412 } 11413 11414 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11415 return invalidParams 11416 } 11417 return nil 11418} 11419 11420// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 11421func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11422 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 11423 return s 11424} 11425 11426// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. 11427func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11428 s.DefaultOnly = &v 11429 return s 11430} 11431 11432// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 11433func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11434 s.Engine = &v 11435 return s 11436} 11437 11438// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 11439func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11440 s.EngineVersion = &v 11441 return s 11442} 11443 11444// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11445func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11446 s.Filters = v 11447 return s 11448} 11449 11450// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. 11451func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11452 s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v 11453 return s 11454} 11455 11456// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. 11457func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11458 s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v 11459 return s 11460} 11461 11462// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11463func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11464 s.Marker = &v 11465 return s 11466} 11467 11468// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11469func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 11470 s.MaxRecords = &v 11471 return s 11472} 11473 11474type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { 11475 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11476 11477 // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. 11478 DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` 11479 11480 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11481 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11482 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 11483 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11484} 11485 11486// String returns the string representation 11487func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { 11488 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11489} 11490 11491// GoString returns the string representation 11492func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { 11493 return s.String() 11494} 11495 11496// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. 11497func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 11498 s.DBEngineVersions = v 11499 return s 11500} 11501 11502// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11503func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 11504 s.Marker = &v 11505 return s 11506} 11507 11508type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { 11509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11510 11511 // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information 11512 // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 11513 // 11514 // Constraints: 11515 // 11516 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 11517 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11518 11519 // A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. 11520 // 11521 // Supported filters: 11522 // 11523 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 11524 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 11525 // about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these 11526 // ARNs. 11527 // 11528 // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the 11529 // results list to DB instances created by that engine. 11530 // 11531 // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only 11532 // Neptune DB instances are returned, you could use the following command: 11533 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11534 11535 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. 11536 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 11537 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11538 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11539 11540 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11541 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11542 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11543 // 11544 // Default: 100 11545 // 11546 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11547 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11548} 11549 11550// String returns the string representation 11551func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { 11552 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11553} 11554 11555// GoString returns the string representation 11556func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 11557 return s.String() 11558} 11559 11560// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11561func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 11562 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} 11563 if s.Filters != nil { 11564 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11565 if v == nil { 11566 continue 11567 } 11568 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11569 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11570 } 11571 } 11572 } 11573 11574 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11575 return invalidParams 11576 } 11577 return nil 11578} 11579 11580// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 11581func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 11582 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 11583 return s 11584} 11585 11586// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11587func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 11588 s.Filters = v 11589 return s 11590} 11591 11592// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11593func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 11594 s.Marker = &v 11595 return s 11596} 11597 11598// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11599func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 11600 s.MaxRecords = &v 11601 return s 11602} 11603 11604type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { 11605 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11606 11607 // A list of DBInstance instances. 11608 DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` 11609 11610 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11611 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11612 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 11613 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11614} 11615 11616// String returns the string representation 11617func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 11618 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11619} 11620 11621// GoString returns the string representation 11622func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 11623 return s.String() 11624} 11625 11626// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. 11627func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 11628 s.DBInstances = v 11629 return s 11630} 11631 11632// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11633func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 11634 s.Marker = &v 11635 return s 11636} 11637 11638type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { 11639 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11640 11641 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 11642 // 11643 // Constraints: 11644 // 11645 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11646 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11647 11648 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11649 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11650 11651 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups 11652 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11653 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11654 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11655 11656 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11657 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11658 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11659 // 11660 // Default: 100 11661 // 11662 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11663 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11664} 11665 11666// String returns the string representation 11667func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 11668 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11669} 11670 11671// GoString returns the string representation 11672func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 11673 return s.String() 11674} 11675 11676// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11677func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 11678 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} 11679 if s.Filters != nil { 11680 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11681 if v == nil { 11682 continue 11683 } 11684 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11685 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11686 } 11687 } 11688 } 11689 11690 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11691 return invalidParams 11692 } 11693 return nil 11694} 11695 11696// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 11697func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 11698 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 11699 return s 11700} 11701 11702// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11703func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 11704 s.Filters = v 11705 return s 11706} 11707 11708// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11709func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 11710 s.Marker = &v 11711 return s 11712} 11713 11714// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11715func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 11716 s.MaxRecords = &v 11717 return s 11718} 11719 11720type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { 11721 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11722 11723 // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. 11724 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 11725 11726 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11727 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11728 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 11729 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11730} 11731 11732// String returns the string representation 11733func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 11734 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11735} 11736 11737// GoString returns the string representation 11738func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 11739 return s.String() 11740} 11741 11742// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 11743func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 11744 s.DBParameterGroups = v 11745 return s 11746} 11747 11748// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11749func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 11750 s.Marker = &v 11751 return s 11752} 11753 11754type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { 11755 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11756 11757 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 11758 // 11759 // Constraints: 11760 // 11761 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 11762 // 11763 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 11764 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11765 11766 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11767 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11768 11769 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters 11770 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11771 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11772 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11773 11774 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11775 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11776 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11777 // 11778 // Default: 100 11779 // 11780 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11781 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11782 11783 // The parameter types to return. 11784 // 11785 // Default: All parameter types returned 11786 // 11787 // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default 11788 Source *string `type:"string"` 11789} 11790 11791// String returns the string representation 11792func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { 11793 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11794} 11795 11796// GoString returns the string representation 11797func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { 11798 return s.String() 11799} 11800 11801// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11802func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { 11803 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} 11804 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 11805 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 11806 } 11807 if s.Filters != nil { 11808 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11809 if v == nil { 11810 continue 11811 } 11812 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11813 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11814 } 11815 } 11816 } 11817 11818 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11819 return invalidParams 11820 } 11821 return nil 11822} 11823 11824// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 11825func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 11826 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 11827 return s 11828} 11829 11830// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11831func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 11832 s.Filters = v 11833 return s 11834} 11835 11836// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11837func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 11838 s.Marker = &v 11839 return s 11840} 11841 11842// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11843func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 11844 s.MaxRecords = &v 11845 return s 11846} 11847 11848// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 11849func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 11850 s.Source = &v 11851 return s 11852} 11853 11854type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { 11855 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11856 11857 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11858 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11859 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 11860 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11861 11862 // A list of Parameter values. 11863 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 11864} 11865 11866// String returns the string representation 11867func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { 11868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11869} 11870 11871// GoString returns the string representation 11872func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { 11873 return s.String() 11874} 11875 11876// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11877func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 11878 s.Marker = &v 11879 return s 11880} 11881 11882// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 11883func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 11884 s.Parameters = v 11885 return s 11886} 11887 11888type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { 11889 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11890 11891 // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. 11892 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11893 11894 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11895 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11896 11897 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups 11898 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11899 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11900 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11901 11902 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11903 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11904 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11905 // 11906 // Default: 100 11907 // 11908 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11909 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11910} 11911 11912// String returns the string representation 11913func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { 11914 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11915} 11916 11917// GoString returns the string representation 11918func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 11919 return s.String() 11920} 11921 11922// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11923func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 11924 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} 11925 if s.Filters != nil { 11926 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11927 if v == nil { 11928 continue 11929 } 11930 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11931 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11932 } 11933 } 11934 } 11935 11936 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11937 return invalidParams 11938 } 11939 return nil 11940} 11941 11942// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 11943func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 11944 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 11945 return s 11946} 11947 11948// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11949func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 11950 s.Filters = v 11951 return s 11952} 11953 11954// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11955func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 11956 s.Marker = &v 11957 return s 11958} 11959 11960// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11961func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 11962 s.MaxRecords = &v 11963 return s 11964} 11965 11966type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { 11967 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11968 11969 // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. 11970 DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` 11971 11972 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 11973 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 11974 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 11975 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11976} 11977 11978// String returns the string representation 11979func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { 11980 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11981} 11982 11983// GoString returns the string representation 11984func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 11985 return s.String() 11986} 11987 11988// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. 11989func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 11990 s.DBSubnetGroups = v 11991 return s 11992} 11993 11994// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11995func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 11996 s.Marker = &v 11997 return s 11998} 11999 12000type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { 12001 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12002 12003 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter 12004 // information for. 12005 // 12006 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 12007 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12008 12009 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12010 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12011 12012 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 12013 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12014 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12015 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12016 12017 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12018 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12019 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12020 // 12021 // Default: 100 12022 // 12023 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12024 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12025} 12026 12027// String returns the string representation 12028func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { 12029 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12030} 12031 12032// GoString returns the string representation 12033func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 12034 return s.String() 12035} 12036 12037// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12038func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 12039 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} 12040 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 12041 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 12042 } 12043 if s.Filters != nil { 12044 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12045 if v == nil { 12046 continue 12047 } 12048 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12049 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12050 } 12051 } 12052 } 12053 12054 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12055 return invalidParams 12056 } 12057 return nil 12058} 12059 12060// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 12061func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 12062 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 12063 return s 12064} 12065 12066// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12067func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 12068 s.Filters = v 12069 return s 12070} 12071 12072// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12073func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 12074 s.Marker = &v 12075 return s 12076} 12077 12078// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12079func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 12080 s.MaxRecords = &v 12081 return s 12082} 12083 12084type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { 12085 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12086 12087 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 12088 // action. 12089 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 12090} 12091 12092// String returns the string representation 12093func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 12094 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12095} 12096 12097// GoString returns the string representation 12098func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 12099 return s.String() 12100} 12101 12102// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 12103func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { 12104 s.EngineDefaults = v 12105 return s 12106} 12107 12108type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { 12109 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12110 12111 // The name of the DB parameter group family. 12112 // 12113 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 12114 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12115 12116 // Not currently supported. 12117 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12118 12119 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 12120 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12121 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12122 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12123 12124 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12125 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12126 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12127 // 12128 // Default: 100 12129 // 12130 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12131 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12132} 12133 12134// String returns the string representation 12135func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { 12136 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12137} 12138 12139// GoString returns the string representation 12140func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { 12141 return s.String() 12142} 12143 12144// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12145func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { 12146 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} 12147 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 12148 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 12149 } 12150 if s.Filters != nil { 12151 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12152 if v == nil { 12153 continue 12154 } 12155 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12156 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12157 } 12158 } 12159 } 12160 12161 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12162 return invalidParams 12163 } 12164 return nil 12165} 12166 12167// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 12168func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 12169 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 12170 return s 12171} 12172 12173// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12174func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 12175 s.Filters = v 12176 return s 12177} 12178 12179// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12180func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 12181 s.Marker = &v 12182 return s 12183} 12184 12185// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12186func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 12187 s.MaxRecords = &v 12188 return s 12189} 12190 12191type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { 12192 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12193 12194 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 12195 // action. 12196 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 12197} 12198 12199// String returns the string representation 12200func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { 12201 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12202} 12203 12204// GoString returns the string representation 12205func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { 12206 return s.String() 12207} 12208 12209// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 12210func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { 12211 s.EngineDefaults = v 12212 return s 12213} 12214 12215type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { 12216 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12217 12218 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12219 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12220 12221 // The type of source that is generating the events. 12222 // 12223 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 12224 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 12225} 12226 12227// String returns the string representation 12228func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { 12229 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12230} 12231 12232// GoString returns the string representation 12233func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { 12234 return s.String() 12235} 12236 12237// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12238func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { 12239 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} 12240 if s.Filters != nil { 12241 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12242 if v == nil { 12243 continue 12244 } 12245 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12246 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12247 } 12248 } 12249 } 12250 12251 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12252 return invalidParams 12253 } 12254 return nil 12255} 12256 12257// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12258func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 12259 s.Filters = v 12260 return s 12261} 12262 12263// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 12264func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 12265 s.SourceType = &v 12266 return s 12267} 12268 12269type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { 12270 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12271 12272 // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. 12273 EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` 12274} 12275 12276// String returns the string representation 12277func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { 12278 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12279} 12280 12281// GoString returns the string representation 12282func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { 12283 return s.String() 12284} 12285 12286// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. 12287func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { 12288 s.EventCategoriesMapList = v 12289 return s 12290} 12291 12292type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { 12293 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12294 12295 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12296 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12297 12298 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 12299 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12300 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 12301 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12302 12303 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12304 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12305 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12306 // 12307 // Default: 100 12308 // 12309 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12310 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12311 12312 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to describe. 12313 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` 12314} 12315 12316// String returns the string representation 12317func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 12318 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12319} 12320 12321// GoString returns the string representation 12322func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 12323 return s.String() 12324} 12325 12326// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12327func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { 12328 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} 12329 if s.Filters != nil { 12330 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12331 if v == nil { 12332 continue 12333 } 12334 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12335 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12336 } 12337 } 12338 } 12339 12340 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12341 return invalidParams 12342 } 12343 return nil 12344} 12345 12346// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12347func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 12348 s.Filters = v 12349 return s 12350} 12351 12352// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12353func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 12354 s.Marker = &v 12355 return s 12356} 12357 12358// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12359func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 12360 s.MaxRecords = &v 12361 return s 12362} 12363 12364// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 12365func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 12366 s.SubscriptionName = &v 12367 return s 12368} 12369 12370type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { 12371 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12372 12373 // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. 12374 EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` 12375 12376 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 12377 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12378 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12379 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12380} 12381 12382// String returns the string representation 12383func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 12384 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12385} 12386 12387// GoString returns the string representation 12388func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 12389 return s.String() 12390} 12391 12392// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. 12393func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 12394 s.EventSubscriptionsList = v 12395 return s 12396} 12397 12398// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12399func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 12400 s.Marker = &v 12401 return s 12402} 12403 12404type DescribeEventsInput struct { 12405 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12406 12407 // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. 12408 // 12409 // Default: 60 12410 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 12411 12412 // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 12413 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 12414 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 12415 // 12416 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 12417 EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 12418 12419 // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification 12420 // subscription. 12421 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 12422 12423 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12424 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12425 12426 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. 12427 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 12428 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12429 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12430 12431 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12432 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12433 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12434 // 12435 // Default: 100 12436 // 12437 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12438 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12439 12440 // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not 12441 // specified, then all sources are included in the response. 12442 // 12443 // Constraints: 12444 // 12445 // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 12446 // 12447 // * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be 12448 // supplied. 12449 // 12450 // * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be 12451 // supplied. 12452 // 12453 // * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must 12454 // be supplied. 12455 // 12456 // * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. 12457 // 12458 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 12459 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12460 12461 // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events 12462 // are returned. 12463 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 12464 12465 // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 12466 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 12467 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 12468 // 12469 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 12470 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 12471} 12472 12473// String returns the string representation 12474func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { 12475 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12476} 12477 12478// GoString returns the string representation 12479func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { 12480 return s.String() 12481} 12482 12483// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12484func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { 12485 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} 12486 if s.Filters != nil { 12487 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12488 if v == nil { 12489 continue 12490 } 12491 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12492 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12493 } 12494 } 12495 } 12496 12497 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12498 return invalidParams 12499 } 12500 return nil 12501} 12502 12503// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 12504func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 12505 s.Duration = &v 12506 return s 12507} 12508 12509// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. 12510func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 12511 s.EndTime = &v 12512 return s 12513} 12514 12515// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 12516func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { 12517 s.EventCategories = v 12518 return s 12519} 12520 12521// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12522func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { 12523 s.Filters = v 12524 return s 12525} 12526 12527// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12528func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 12529 s.Marker = &v 12530 return s 12531} 12532 12533// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12534func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 12535 s.MaxRecords = &v 12536 return s 12537} 12538 12539// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 12540func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 12541 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 12542 return s 12543} 12544 12545// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 12546func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 12547 s.SourceType = &v 12548 return s 12549} 12550 12551// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 12552func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 12553 s.StartTime = &v 12554 return s 12555} 12556 12557type DescribeEventsOutput struct { 12558 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12559 12560 // A list of Event instances. 12561 Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` 12562 12563 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this 12564 // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, 12565 // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 12566 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12567} 12568 12569// String returns the string representation 12570func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { 12571 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12572} 12573 12574// GoString returns the string representation 12575func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { 12576 return s.String() 12577} 12578 12579// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. 12580func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { 12581 s.Events = v 12582 return s 12583} 12584 12585// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12586func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { 12587 s.Marker = &v 12588 return s 12589} 12590 12591type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { 12592 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12593 12594 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 12595 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 12596 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 12597 12598 // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. 12599 // 12600 // Engine is a required field 12601 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12602 12603 // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 12604 // available offerings matching the specified engine version. 12605 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 12606 12607 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12608 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12609 12610 // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 12611 // offerings matching the specified license model. 12612 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 12613 12614 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 12615 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12616 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 12617 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12618 12619 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12620 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12621 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12622 // 12623 // Default: 100 12624 // 12625 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12626 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12627 12628 // The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC 12629 // or non-VPC offerings. 12630 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 12631} 12632 12633// String returns the string representation 12634func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { 12635 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12636} 12637 12638// GoString returns the string representation 12639func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { 12640 return s.String() 12641} 12642 12643// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12644func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { 12645 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} 12646 if s.Engine == nil { 12647 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 12648 } 12649 if s.Filters != nil { 12650 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12651 if v == nil { 12652 continue 12653 } 12654 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12655 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12656 } 12657 } 12658 } 12659 12660 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12661 return invalidParams 12662 } 12663 return nil 12664} 12665 12666// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 12667func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12668 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 12669 return s 12670} 12671 12672// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 12673func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12674 s.Engine = &v 12675 return s 12676} 12677 12678// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 12679func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12680 s.EngineVersion = &v 12681 return s 12682} 12683 12684// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12685func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12686 s.Filters = v 12687 return s 12688} 12689 12690// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 12691func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12692 s.LicenseModel = &v 12693 return s 12694} 12695 12696// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12697func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12698 s.Marker = &v 12699 return s 12700} 12701 12702// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12703func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12704 s.MaxRecords = &v 12705 return s 12706} 12707 12708// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 12709func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 12710 s.Vpc = &v 12711 return s 12712} 12713 12714type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { 12715 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12716 12717 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions 12718 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12719 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 12720 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12721 12722 // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable 12723 // options for the DB instance. 12724 OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` 12725} 12726 12727// String returns the string representation 12728func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { 12729 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12730} 12731 12732// GoString returns the string representation 12733func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 12734 return s.String() 12735} 12736 12737// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12738func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 12739 s.Marker = &v 12740 return s 12741} 12742 12743// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. 12744func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 12745 s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v 12746 return s 12747} 12748 12749type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { 12750 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12751 12752 // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance 12753 // actions for. 12754 // 12755 // Supported filters: 12756 // 12757 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 12758 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance 12759 // actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 12760 // 12761 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. 12762 // The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the 12763 // DB instances identified by these ARNs. 12764 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12765 12766 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 12767 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12768 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 12769 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12770 12771 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12772 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12773 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12774 // 12775 // Default: 100 12776 // 12777 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12778 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12779 12780 // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. 12781 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12782} 12783 12784// String returns the string representation 12785func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { 12786 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12787} 12788 12789// GoString returns the string representation 12790func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { 12791 return s.String() 12792} 12793 12794// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12795func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { 12796 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} 12797 if s.Filters != nil { 12798 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12799 if v == nil { 12800 continue 12801 } 12802 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12803 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12804 } 12805 } 12806 } 12807 12808 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12809 return invalidParams 12810 } 12811 return nil 12812} 12813 12814// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12815func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 12816 s.Filters = v 12817 return s 12818} 12819 12820// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12821func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 12822 s.Marker = &v 12823 return s 12824} 12825 12826// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12827func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 12828 s.MaxRecords = &v 12829 return s 12830} 12831 12832// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 12833func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 12834 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 12835 return s 12836} 12837 12838type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { 12839 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12840 12841 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 12842 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12843 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 12844 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12845 12846 // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. 12847 PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` 12848} 12849 12850// String returns the string representation 12851func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { 12852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12853} 12854 12855// GoString returns the string representation 12856func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { 12857 return s.String() 12858} 12859 12860// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12861func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 12862 s.Marker = &v 12863 return s 12864} 12865 12866// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 12867func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 12868 s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v 12869 return s 12870} 12871 12872type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct { 12873 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12874 12875 // The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. 12876 // 12877 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 12878 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12879} 12880 12881// String returns the string representation 12882func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string { 12883 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12884} 12885 12886// GoString returns the string representation 12887func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string { 12888 return s.String() 12889} 12890 12891// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12892func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error { 12893 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"} 12894 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 12895 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 12896 } 12897 12898 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12899 return invalidParams 12900 } 12901 return nil 12902} 12903 12904// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 12905func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput { 12906 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 12907 return s 12908} 12909 12910type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct { 12911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12912 12913 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 12914 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 12915 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 12916 ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"` 12917} 12918 12919// String returns the string representation 12920func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string { 12921 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12922} 12923 12924// GoString returns the string representation 12925func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string { 12926 return s.String() 12927} 12928 12929// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value. 12930func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput { 12931 s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v 12932 return s 12933} 12934 12935// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with a DB instance. 12936type DomainMembership struct { 12937 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12938 12939 // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. 12940 Domain *string `type:"string"` 12941 12942 // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. 12943 FQDN *string `type:"string"` 12944 12945 // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory 12946 // Service. 12947 IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 12948 12949 // The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such 12950 // as joined, pending-join, failed etc). 12951 Status *string `type:"string"` 12952} 12953 12954// String returns the string representation 12955func (s DomainMembership) String() string { 12956 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12957} 12958 12959// GoString returns the string representation 12960func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { 12961 return s.String() 12962} 12963 12964// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 12965func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { 12966 s.Domain = &v 12967 return s 12968} 12969 12970// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. 12971func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { 12972 s.FQDN = &v 12973 return s 12974} 12975 12976// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. 12977func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { 12978 s.IAMRoleName = &v 12979 return s 12980} 12981 12982// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 12983func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { 12984 s.Status = &v 12985 return s 12986} 12987 12988// A range of double values. 12989type DoubleRange struct { 12990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12991 12992 // The minimum value in the range. 12993 From *float64 `type:"double"` 12994 12995 // The maximum value in the range. 12996 To *float64 `type:"double"` 12997} 12998 12999// String returns the string representation 13000func (s DoubleRange) String() string { 13001 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13002} 13003 13004// GoString returns the string representation 13005func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string { 13006 return s.String() 13007} 13008 13009// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 13010func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange { 13011 s.From = &v 13012 return s 13013} 13014 13015// SetTo sets the To field's value. 13016func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange { 13017 s.To = &v 13018 return s 13019} 13020 13021// Specifies a connection endpoint. 13022type Endpoint struct { 13023 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13024 13025 // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. 13026 Address *string `type:"string"` 13027 13028 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 13029 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 13030 13031 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 13032 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 13033} 13034 13035// String returns the string representation 13036func (s Endpoint) String() string { 13037 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13038} 13039 13040// GoString returns the string representation 13041func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 13042 return s.String() 13043} 13044 13045// SetAddress sets the Address field's value. 13046func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { 13047 s.Address = &v 13048 return s 13049} 13050 13051// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 13052func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { 13053 s.HostedZoneId = &v 13054 return s 13055} 13056 13057// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13058func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { 13059 s.Port = &v 13060 return s 13061} 13062 13063// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 13064// action. 13065type EngineDefaults struct { 13066 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13067 13068 // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default 13069 // parameters apply to. 13070 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 13071 13072 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. 13073 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 13074 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 13075 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13076 13077 // Contains a list of engine default parameters. 13078 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 13079} 13080 13081// String returns the string representation 13082func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { 13083 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13084} 13085 13086// GoString returns the string representation 13087func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { 13088 return s.String() 13089} 13090 13091// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 13092func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { 13093 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 13094 return s 13095} 13096 13097// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13098func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { 13099 s.Marker = &v 13100 return s 13101} 13102 13103// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 13104func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { 13105 s.Parameters = v 13106 return s 13107} 13108 13109// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. 13110type Event struct { 13111 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13112 13113 // Specifies the date and time of the event. 13114 Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 13115 13116 // Specifies the category for the event. 13117 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 13118 13119 // Provides the text of this event. 13120 Message *string `type:"string"` 13121 13122 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. 13123 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 13124 13125 // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. 13126 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13127 13128 // Specifies the source type for this event. 13129 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 13130} 13131 13132// String returns the string representation 13133func (s Event) String() string { 13134 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13135} 13136 13137// GoString returns the string representation 13138func (s Event) GoString() string { 13139 return s.String() 13140} 13141 13142// SetDate sets the Date field's value. 13143func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { 13144 s.Date = &v 13145 return s 13146} 13147 13148// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 13149func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { 13150 s.EventCategories = v 13151 return s 13152} 13153 13154// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 13155func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { 13156 s.Message = &v 13157 return s 13158} 13159 13160// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 13161func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { 13162 s.SourceArn = &v 13163 return s 13164} 13165 13166// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 13167func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { 13168 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 13169 return s 13170} 13171 13172// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13173func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { 13174 s.SourceType = &v 13175 return s 13176} 13177 13178// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories 13179// action. 13180type EventCategoriesMap struct { 13181 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13182 13183 // The event categories for the specified source type 13184 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 13185 13186 // The source type that the returned categories belong to 13187 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 13188} 13189 13190// String returns the string representation 13191func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { 13192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13193} 13194 13195// GoString returns the string representation 13196func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { 13197 return s.String() 13198} 13199 13200// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 13201func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { 13202 s.EventCategories = v 13203 return s 13204} 13205 13206// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13207func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { 13208 s.SourceType = &v 13209 return s 13210} 13211 13212// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 13213// action. 13214type EventSubscription struct { 13215 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13216 13217 // The event notification subscription Id. 13218 CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` 13219 13220 // The AWS customer account associated with the event notification subscription. 13221 CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` 13222 13223 // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates 13224 // the subscription is enabled. 13225 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 13226 13227 // A list of event categories for the event notification subscription. 13228 EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 13229 13230 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. 13231 EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` 13232 13233 // The topic ARN of the event notification subscription. 13234 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 13235 13236 // A list of source IDs for the event notification subscription. 13237 SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 13238 13239 // The source type for the event notification subscription. 13240 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 13241 13242 // The status of the event notification subscription. 13243 // 13244 // Constraints: 13245 // 13246 // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission 13247 // | topic-not-exist 13248 // 13249 // The status "no-permission" indicates that Neptune no longer has permission 13250 // to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the 13251 // topic was deleted after the subscription was created. 13252 Status *string `type:"string"` 13253 13254 // The time the event notification subscription was created. 13255 SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` 13256} 13257 13258// String returns the string representation 13259func (s EventSubscription) String() string { 13260 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13261} 13262 13263// GoString returns the string representation 13264func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { 13265 return s.String() 13266} 13267 13268// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. 13269func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { 13270 s.CustSubscriptionId = &v 13271 return s 13272} 13273 13274// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. 13275func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { 13276 s.CustomerAwsId = &v 13277 return s 13278} 13279 13280// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 13281func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { 13282 s.Enabled = &v 13283 return s 13284} 13285 13286// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. 13287func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 13288 s.EventCategoriesList = v 13289 return s 13290} 13291 13292// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. 13293func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 13294 s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v 13295 return s 13296} 13297 13298// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 13299func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 13300 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 13301 return s 13302} 13303 13304// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. 13305func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 13306 s.SourceIdsList = v 13307 return s 13308} 13309 13310// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13311func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { 13312 s.SourceType = &v 13313 return s 13314} 13315 13316// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 13317func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { 13318 s.Status = &v 13319 return s 13320} 13321 13322// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. 13323func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { 13324 s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v 13325 return s 13326} 13327 13328type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { 13329 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13330 13331 // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 13332 // 13333 // Constraints: 13334 // 13335 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 13336 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13337 13338 // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. 13339 // 13340 // You must specify the instance identifier for an Read Replica in the DB cluster. 13341 // For example, mydbcluster-replica1. 13342 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13343} 13344 13345// String returns the string representation 13346func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { 13347 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13348} 13349 13350// GoString returns the string representation 13351func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 13352 return s.String() 13353} 13354 13355// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 13356func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 13357 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 13358 return s 13359} 13360 13361// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13362func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 13363 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13364 return s 13365} 13366 13367type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { 13368 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13369 13370 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 13371 // 13372 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 13373 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 13374} 13375 13376// String returns the string representation 13377func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { 13378 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13379} 13380 13381// GoString returns the string representation 13382func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 13383 return s.String() 13384} 13385 13386// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 13387func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { 13388 s.DBCluster = v 13389 return s 13390} 13391 13392// This type is not currently supported. 13393type Filter struct { 13394 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13395 13396 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13397 // 13398 // Name is a required field 13399 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13400 13401 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13402 // 13403 // Values is a required field 13404 Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` 13405} 13406 13407// String returns the string representation 13408func (s Filter) String() string { 13409 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13410} 13411 13412// GoString returns the string representation 13413func (s Filter) GoString() string { 13414 return s.String() 13415} 13416 13417// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13418func (s *Filter) Validate() error { 13419 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} 13420 if s.Name == nil { 13421 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 13422 } 13423 if s.Values == nil { 13424 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) 13425 } 13426 13427 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13428 return invalidParams 13429 } 13430 return nil 13431} 13432 13433// SetName sets the Name field's value. 13434func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { 13435 s.Name = &v 13436 return s 13437} 13438 13439// SetValues sets the Values field's value. 13440func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { 13441 s.Values = v 13442 return s 13443} 13444 13445type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 13446 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13447 13448 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13449 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13450 13451 // The Amazon Neptune resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon 13452 // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 13453 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 13454 // 13455 // ResourceName is a required field 13456 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13457} 13458 13459// String returns the string representation 13460func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 13461 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13462} 13463 13464// GoString returns the string representation 13465func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 13466 return s.String() 13467} 13468 13469// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13470func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 13471 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 13472 if s.ResourceName == nil { 13473 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 13474 } 13475 if s.Filters != nil { 13476 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13477 if v == nil { 13478 continue 13479 } 13480 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13481 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13482 } 13483 } 13484 } 13485 13486 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13487 return invalidParams 13488 } 13489 return nil 13490} 13491 13492// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13493func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 13494 s.Filters = v 13495 return s 13496} 13497 13498// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 13499func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 13500 s.ResourceName = &v 13501 return s 13502} 13503 13504type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 13505 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13506 13507 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 13508 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13509} 13510 13511// String returns the string representation 13512func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 13513 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13514} 13515 13516// GoString returns the string representation 13517func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 13518 return s.String() 13519} 13520 13521// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 13522func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 13523 s.TagList = v 13524 return s 13525} 13526 13527type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { 13528 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13529 13530 // A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any 13531 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 13532 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter 13533 // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance 13534 // window. 13535 // 13536 // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and 13537 // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value 13538 // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword 13539 // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes 13540 // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately 13541 // parameter. 13542 // 13543 // Default: false 13544 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 13545 13546 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 13547 // a minimum value of 1. 13548 // 13549 // Default: 1 13550 // 13551 // Constraints: 13552 // 13553 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 13554 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 13555 13556 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 13557 // Logs for a specific DB cluster. 13558 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 13559 13560 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 13561 // is not case-sensitive. 13562 // 13563 // Constraints: 13564 // 13565 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 13566 // 13567 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 13568 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13569 13570 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. 13571 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 13572 13573 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 13574 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 13575 // deletion protection is disabled. 13576 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 13577 13578 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 13579 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 13580 // 13581 // Default: false 13582 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 13583 13584 // The version number of the database engine. Currently, setting this parameter 13585 // has no effect. To upgrade your database engine to the most recent release, 13586 // use the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API. 13587 // 13588 // For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 13589 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 13590 13591 // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain 13592 // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 13593 // 13594 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 13595 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 13596 13597 // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. 13598 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13599 // 13600 // Constraints: 13601 // 13602 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 13603 // 13604 // * The first character must be a letter 13605 // 13606 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13607 // 13608 // Example: my-cluster2 13609 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13610 13611 // (Not supported by Neptune) 13612 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 13613 13614 // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. 13615 // 13616 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 13617 // 13618 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 13619 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 13620 13621 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 13622 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 13623 // 13624 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 13625 // of time for each AWS Region. 13626 // 13627 // Constraints: 13628 // 13629 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 13630 // 13631 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 13632 // 13633 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 13634 // 13635 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 13636 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 13637 13638 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 13639 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 13640 // 13641 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 13642 // 13643 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 13644 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 13645 // 13646 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 13647 // 13648 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 13649 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 13650 13651 // A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. 13652 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 13653} 13654 13655// String returns the string representation 13656func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { 13657 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13658} 13659 13660// GoString returns the string representation 13661func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 13662 return s.String() 13663} 13664 13665// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13666func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 13667 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} 13668 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 13669 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 13670 } 13671 13672 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13673 return invalidParams 13674 } 13675 return nil 13676} 13677 13678// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 13679func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13680 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 13681 return s 13682} 13683 13684// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 13685func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13686 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 13687 return s 13688} 13689 13690// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 13691func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13692 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 13693 return s 13694} 13695 13696// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 13697func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13698 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 13699 return s 13700} 13701 13702// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 13703func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13704 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 13705 return s 13706} 13707 13708// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 13709func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13710 s.DeletionProtection = &v 13711 return s 13712} 13713 13714// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 13715func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13716 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 13717 return s 13718} 13719 13720// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 13721func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13722 s.EngineVersion = &v 13723 return s 13724} 13725 13726// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 13727func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13728 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 13729 return s 13730} 13731 13732// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 13733func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13734 s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v 13735 return s 13736} 13737 13738// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 13739func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13740 s.OptionGroupName = &v 13741 return s 13742} 13743 13744// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13745func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13746 s.Port = &v 13747 return s 13748} 13749 13750// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 13751func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13752 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 13753 return s 13754} 13755 13756// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 13757func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13758 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 13759 return s 13760} 13761 13762// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 13763func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 13764 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 13765 return s 13766} 13767 13768type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { 13769 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13770 13771 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 13772 // 13773 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 13774 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 13775} 13776 13777// String returns the string representation 13778func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { 13779 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13780} 13781 13782// GoString returns the string representation 13783func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 13784 return s.String() 13785} 13786 13787// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 13788func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { 13789 s.DBCluster = v 13790 return s 13791} 13792 13793type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 13794 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13795 13796 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 13797 // 13798 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 13799 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13800 13801 // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 13802 // 13803 // Parameters is a required field 13804 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 13805} 13806 13807// String returns the string representation 13808func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 13809 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13810} 13811 13812// GoString returns the string representation 13813func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 13814 return s.String() 13815} 13816 13817// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13818func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 13819 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 13820 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 13821 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 13822 } 13823 if s.Parameters == nil { 13824 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 13825 } 13826 13827 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13828 return invalidParams 13829 } 13830 return nil 13831} 13832 13833// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 13834func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 13835 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 13836 return s 13837} 13838 13839// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 13840func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 13841 s.Parameters = v 13842 return s 13843} 13844 13845type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 13846 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13847 13848 // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. 13849 // 13850 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 13851 // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. 13852 // 13853 // AttributeName is a required field 13854 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13855 13856 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. 13857 // 13858 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 13859 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13860 13861 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified 13862 // by AttributeName. 13863 // 13864 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, 13865 // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the 13866 // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the 13867 // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information 13868 // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. 13869 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 13870 13871 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified 13872 // by AttributeName. 13873 // 13874 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 13875 // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, 13876 // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the 13877 // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID 13878 // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a 13879 // manual DB cluster snapshot. 13880 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 13881} 13882 13883// String returns the string representation 13884func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 13885 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13886} 13887 13888// GoString returns the string representation 13889func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 13890 return s.String() 13891} 13892 13893// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13894func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 13895 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} 13896 if s.AttributeName == nil { 13897 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 13898 } 13899 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 13900 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 13901 } 13902 13903 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13904 return invalidParams 13905 } 13906 return nil 13907} 13908 13909// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 13910func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 13911 s.AttributeName = &v 13912 return s 13913} 13914 13915// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 13916func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 13917 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 13918 return s 13919} 13920 13921// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 13922func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 13923 s.ValuesToAdd = v 13924 return s 13925} 13926 13927// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 13928func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 13929 s.ValuesToRemove = v 13930 return s 13931} 13932 13933type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 13934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13935 13936 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 13937 // API action. 13938 // 13939 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 13940 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 13941 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 13942 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 13943} 13944 13945// String returns the string representation 13946func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 13947 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13948} 13949 13950// GoString returns the string representation 13951func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 13952 return s.String() 13953} 13954 13955// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 13956func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { 13957 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 13958 return s 13959} 13960 13961type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { 13962 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13963 13964 // The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 13965 // 13966 // Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster. 13967 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 13968 13969 // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter 13970 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon 13971 // as possible. 13972 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 13973 13974 // Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications 13975 // are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow 13976 // setting for the DB instance. 13977 // 13978 // If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied 13979 // during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage 13980 // and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure 13981 // reboot. 13982 // 13983 // Default: false 13984 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 13985 13986 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 13987 // instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result 13988 // in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously 13989 // applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set 13990 // to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, 13991 // and Neptune has enabled auto patching for that engine version. 13992 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 13993 13994 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 13995 // the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 13996 // 13997 // Default: Uses existing setting 13998 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 13999 14000 // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. 14001 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14002 14003 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 14004 // Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 14005 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 14006 14007 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 14008 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 14009 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 14010 14011 // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 14012 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions. 14013 // 14014 // If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. 14015 // The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately 14016 // is specified as true for this request. 14017 // 14018 // Default: Uses existing setting 14019 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 14020 14021 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 14022 // 14023 // Constraints: 14024 // 14025 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 14026 // 14027 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 14028 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14029 14030 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing 14031 // this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself 14032 // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied 14033 // until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT 14034 // be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during 14035 // the next maintenance window. 14036 // 14037 // Default: Uses existing setting 14038 // 14039 // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group 14040 // family as this DB instance. 14041 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14042 14043 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 14044 // 14045 // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values 14046 // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. 14047 // 14048 // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless 14049 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 14050 // 14051 // Default: 8182 14052 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` 14053 14054 // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this 14055 // setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied 14056 // as soon as possible. 14057 // 14058 // Constraints: 14059 // 14060 // * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. 14061 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 14062 14063 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to 14064 // move your DB instance to a different VPC. 14065 // 14066 // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change 14067 // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for 14068 // the ApplyImmediately parameter. 14069 // 14070 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 14071 // 14072 // Example: mySubnetGroup 14073 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14074 14075 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 14076 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 14077 // deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 14078 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 14079 14080 // Not supported. 14081 Domain *string `type:"string"` 14082 14083 // Not supported 14084 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 14085 14086 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 14087 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 14088 // 14089 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 14090 // 14091 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 14092 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 14093 // 14094 // Default: false 14095 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 14096 14097 // (Not supported by Neptune) 14098 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 14099 14100 // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Currently, setting 14101 // this parameter has no effect. To upgrade your database engine to the most 14102 // recent release, use the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API. 14103 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14104 14105 // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the instance. 14106 // 14107 // Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied 14108 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 14109 // is set to true for this request. 14110 // 14111 // Default: Uses existing setting 14112 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 14113 14114 // Not supported. 14115 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 14116 14117 // Not applicable. 14118 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 14119 14120 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 14121 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 14122 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 14123 // 14124 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 14125 // to a value other than 0. 14126 // 14127 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 14128 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 14129 14130 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send enhanced monitoring 14131 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 14132 // 14133 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 14134 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 14135 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 14136 14137 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter 14138 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 14139 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 14140 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 14141 14142 // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. 14143 // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur 14144 // immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the 14145 // next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored 14146 // as a lowercase string. 14147 // 14148 // Constraints: 14149 // 14150 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 14151 // 14152 // * The first character must be a letter. 14153 // 14154 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 14155 // 14156 // Example: mydbinstance 14157 NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14158 14159 // (Not supported by Neptune) 14160 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14161 14162 // (Not supported by Neptune) 14163 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 14164 14165 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 14166 // backups are enabled. 14167 // 14168 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 14169 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 14170 // 14171 // Constraints: 14172 // 14173 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi 14174 // 14175 // * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) 14176 // 14177 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window 14178 // 14179 // * Must be at least 30 minutes 14180 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 14181 14182 // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, 14183 // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in 14184 // an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously 14185 // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, 14186 // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing 14187 // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window 14188 // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current 14189 // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. 14190 // 14191 // Default: Uses existing setting 14192 // 14193 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 14194 // 14195 // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun 14196 // 14197 // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes 14198 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 14199 14200 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 14201 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 14202 // 14203 // Default: 1 14204 // 14205 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 14206 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 14207 14208 // This flag should no longer be used. 14209 // 14210 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 14211 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 14212 14213 // Not supported. 14214 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 14215 14216 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 14217 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 14218 14219 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 14220 // device. 14221 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 14222 14223 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This 14224 // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. 14225 // 14226 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 14227 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 14228 // 14229 // Constraints: 14230 // 14231 // * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. 14232 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 14233} 14234 14235// String returns the string representation 14236func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { 14237 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14238} 14239 14240// GoString returns the string representation 14241func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 14242 return s.String() 14243} 14244 14245// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14246func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 14247 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} 14248 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 14249 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 14250 } 14251 14252 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14253 return invalidParams 14254 } 14255 return nil 14256} 14257 14258// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 14259func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14260 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 14261 return s 14262} 14263 14264// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 14265func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14266 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 14267 return s 14268} 14269 14270// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 14271func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14272 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 14273 return s 14274} 14275 14276// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 14277func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14278 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 14279 return s 14280} 14281 14282// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 14283func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14284 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 14285 return s 14286} 14287 14288// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 14289func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14290 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 14291 return s 14292} 14293 14294// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 14295func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14296 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 14297 return s 14298} 14299 14300// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 14301func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14302 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 14303 return s 14304} 14305 14306// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 14307func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14308 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 14309 return s 14310} 14311 14312// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14313func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14314 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14315 return s 14316} 14317 14318// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 14319func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14320 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 14321 return s 14322} 14323 14324// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. 14325func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14326 s.DBPortNumber = &v 14327 return s 14328} 14329 14330// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 14331func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14332 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 14333 return s 14334} 14335 14336// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 14337func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14338 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 14339 return s 14340} 14341 14342// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 14343func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14344 s.DeletionProtection = &v 14345 return s 14346} 14347 14348// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 14349func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14350 s.Domain = &v 14351 return s 14352} 14353 14354// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 14355func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14356 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 14357 return s 14358} 14359 14360// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 14361func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14362 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 14363 return s 14364} 14365 14366// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 14367func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14368 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 14369 return s 14370} 14371 14372// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14373func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14374 s.EngineVersion = &v 14375 return s 14376} 14377 14378// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 14379func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14380 s.Iops = &v 14381 return s 14382} 14383 14384// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 14385func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14386 s.LicenseModel = &v 14387 return s 14388} 14389 14390// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 14391func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14392 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 14393 return s 14394} 14395 14396// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 14397func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14398 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 14399 return s 14400} 14401 14402// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 14403func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14404 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 14405 return s 14406} 14407 14408// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 14409func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14410 s.MultiAZ = &v 14411 return s 14412} 14413 14414// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14415func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14416 s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14417 return s 14418} 14419 14420// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 14421func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14422 s.OptionGroupName = &v 14423 return s 14424} 14425 14426// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 14427func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14428 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 14429 return s 14430} 14431 14432// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 14433func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14434 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 14435 return s 14436} 14437 14438// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 14439func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14440 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 14441 return s 14442} 14443 14444// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 14445func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14446 s.PromotionTier = &v 14447 return s 14448} 14449 14450// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 14451func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14452 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 14453 return s 14454} 14455 14456// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 14457func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14458 s.StorageType = &v 14459 return s 14460} 14461 14462// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 14463func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14464 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 14465 return s 14466} 14467 14468// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 14469func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14470 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 14471 return s 14472} 14473 14474// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 14475func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 14476 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 14477 return s 14478} 14479 14480type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { 14481 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14482 14483 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 14484 // 14485 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 14486 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 14487} 14488 14489// String returns the string representation 14490func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 14491 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14492} 14493 14494// GoString returns the string representation 14495func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 14496 return s.String() 14497} 14498 14499// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 14500func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { 14501 s.DBInstance = v 14502 return s 14503} 14504 14505type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 14506 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14507 14508 // The name of the DB parameter group. 14509 // 14510 // Constraints: 14511 // 14512 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 14513 // 14514 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 14515 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14516 14517 // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter 14518 // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; 14519 // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified 14520 // in a single request. 14521 // 14522 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 14523 // 14524 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 14525 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 14526 // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. 14527 // 14528 // Parameters is a required field 14529 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 14530} 14531 14532// String returns the string representation 14533func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 14534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14535} 14536 14537// GoString returns the string representation 14538func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 14539 return s.String() 14540} 14541 14542// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14543func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 14544 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} 14545 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 14546 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 14547 } 14548 if s.Parameters == nil { 14549 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 14550 } 14551 14552 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14553 return invalidParams 14554 } 14555 return nil 14556} 14557 14558// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 14559func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 14560 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 14561 return s 14562} 14563 14564// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 14565func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 14566 s.Parameters = v 14567 return s 14568} 14569 14570type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 14571 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14572 14573 // The description for the DB subnet group. 14574 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 14575 14576 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 14577 // You can't modify the default subnet group. 14578 // 14579 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 14580 // default. 14581 // 14582 // Example: mySubnetgroup 14583 // 14584 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 14585 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14586 14587 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 14588 // 14589 // SubnetIds is a required field 14590 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 14591} 14592 14593// String returns the string representation 14594func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 14595 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14596} 14597 14598// GoString returns the string representation 14599func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 14600 return s.String() 14601} 14602 14603// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14604func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 14605 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} 14606 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 14607 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 14608 } 14609 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 14610 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 14611 } 14612 14613 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14614 return invalidParams 14615 } 14616 return nil 14617} 14618 14619// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 14620func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 14621 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 14622 return s 14623} 14624 14625// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 14626func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 14627 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 14628 return s 14629} 14630 14631// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 14632func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 14633 s.SubnetIds = v 14634 return s 14635} 14636 14637type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 14638 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14639 14640 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 14641 // 14642 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 14643 // action. 14644 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 14645} 14646 14647// String returns the string representation 14648func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 14649 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14650} 14651 14652// GoString returns the string representation 14653func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 14654 return s.String() 14655} 14656 14657// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 14658func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { 14659 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 14660 return s 14661} 14662 14663type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { 14664 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14665 14666 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. 14667 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14668 14669 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 14670 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType by using the 14671 // DescribeEventCategories action. 14672 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 14673 14674 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 14675 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 14676 // it. 14677 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 14678 14679 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 14680 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 14681 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 14682 // 14683 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 14684 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 14685 14686 // The name of the event notification subscription. 14687 // 14688 // SubscriptionName is a required field 14689 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14690} 14691 14692// String returns the string representation 14693func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 14694 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14695} 14696 14697// GoString returns the string representation 14698func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 14699 return s.String() 14700} 14701 14702// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14703func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 14704 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} 14705 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 14706 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 14707 } 14708 14709 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14710 return invalidParams 14711 } 14712 return nil 14713} 14714 14715// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 14716func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 14717 s.Enabled = &v 14718 return s 14719} 14720 14721// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 14722func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 14723 s.EventCategories = v 14724 return s 14725} 14726 14727// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 14728func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 14729 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 14730 return s 14731} 14732 14733// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 14734func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 14735 s.SourceType = &v 14736 return s 14737} 14738 14739// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 14740func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 14741 s.SubscriptionName = &v 14742 return s 14743} 14744 14745type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 14746 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14747 14748 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 14749 // action. 14750 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 14751} 14752 14753// String returns the string representation 14754func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 14755 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14756} 14757 14758// GoString returns the string representation 14759func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 14760 return s.String() 14761} 14762 14763// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 14764func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { 14765 s.EventSubscription = v 14766 return s 14767} 14768 14769// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. 14770type OptionGroupMembership struct { 14771 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14772 14773 // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. 14774 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14775 14776 // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: 14777 // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, 14778 // applying, removing, and failed. 14779 Status *string `type:"string"` 14780} 14781 14782// String returns the string representation 14783func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { 14784 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14785} 14786 14787// GoString returns the string representation 14788func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { 14789 return s.String() 14790} 14791 14792// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 14793func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 14794 s.OptionGroupName = &v 14795 return s 14796} 14797 14798// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14799func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 14800 s.Status = &v 14801 return s 14802} 14803 14804// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. 14805// 14806// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 14807// action. 14808type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { 14809 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14810 14811 // A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. 14812 AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 14813 14814 // The DB instance class for a DB instance. 14815 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 14816 14817 // The engine type of a DB instance. 14818 Engine *string `type:"string"` 14819 14820 // The engine version of a DB instance. 14821 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14822 14823 // The license model for a DB instance. 14824 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 14825 14826 // Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 14827 MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 14828 14829 // Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 14830 MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 14831 14832 // Maximum storage size for a DB instance. 14833 MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 14834 14835 // Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 14836 MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 14837 14838 // Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 14839 MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 14840 14841 // Minimum storage size for a DB instance. 14842 MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 14843 14844 // Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. 14845 MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 14846 14847 // Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. 14848 ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 14849 14850 // Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. 14851 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 14852 14853 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals 14854 // from 1 to 60 seconds. 14855 SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` 14856 14857 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. 14858 SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 14859 14860 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. 14861 SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` 14862 14863 // (Not supported by Neptune) 14864 SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 14865 14866 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. 14867 SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` 14868 14869 // Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. 14870 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 14871} 14872 14873// String returns the string representation 14874func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { 14875 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14876} 14877 14878// GoString returns the string representation 14879func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { 14880 return s.String() 14881} 14882 14883// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 14884func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14885 s.AvailabilityZones = v 14886 return s 14887} 14888 14889// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 14890func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14891 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 14892 return s 14893} 14894 14895// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 14896func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14897 s.Engine = &v 14898 return s 14899} 14900 14901// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14902func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14903 s.EngineVersion = &v 14904 return s 14905} 14906 14907// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 14908func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14909 s.LicenseModel = &v 14910 return s 14911} 14912 14913// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 14914func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14915 s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v 14916 return s 14917} 14918 14919// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value. 14920func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14921 s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v 14922 return s 14923} 14924 14925// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value. 14926func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14927 s.MaxStorageSize = &v 14928 return s 14929} 14930 14931// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 14932func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14933 s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v 14934 return s 14935} 14936 14937// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value. 14938func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14939 s.MinIopsPerGib = &v 14940 return s 14941} 14942 14943// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value. 14944func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14945 s.MinStorageSize = &v 14946 return s 14947} 14948 14949// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. 14950func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14951 s.MultiAZCapable = &v 14952 return s 14953} 14954 14955// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. 14956func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14957 s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v 14958 return s 14959} 14960 14961// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 14962func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14963 s.StorageType = &v 14964 return s 14965} 14966 14967// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. 14968func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14969 s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v 14970 return s 14971} 14972 14973// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 14974func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14975 s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 14976 return s 14977} 14978 14979// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. 14980func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14981 s.SupportsIops = &v 14982 return s 14983} 14984 14985// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value. 14986func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14987 s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v 14988 return s 14989} 14990 14991// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. 14992func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14993 s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v 14994 return s 14995} 14996 14997// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 14998func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 14999 s.Vpc = &v 15000 return s 15001} 15002 15003// Specifies a parameter. 15004type Parameter struct { 15005 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15006 15007 // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. 15008 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 15009 15010 // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. 15011 ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` 15012 15013 // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. 15014 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 15015 15016 // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. 15017 DataType *string `type:"string"` 15018 15019 // Provides a description of the parameter. 15020 Description *string `type:"string"` 15021 15022 // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some 15023 // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from 15024 // being changed. 15025 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 15026 15027 // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. 15028 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15029 15030 // Specifies the name of the parameter. 15031 ParameterName *string `type:"string"` 15032 15033 // Specifies the value of the parameter. 15034 ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` 15035 15036 // Indicates the source of the parameter value. 15037 Source *string `type:"string"` 15038} 15039 15040// String returns the string representation 15041func (s Parameter) String() string { 15042 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15043} 15044 15045// GoString returns the string representation 15046func (s Parameter) GoString() string { 15047 return s.String() 15048} 15049 15050// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 15051func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { 15052 s.AllowedValues = &v 15053 return s 15054} 15055 15056// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. 15057func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { 15058 s.ApplyMethod = &v 15059 return s 15060} 15061 15062// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 15063func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { 15064 s.ApplyType = &v 15065 return s 15066} 15067 15068// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 15069func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { 15070 s.DataType = &v 15071 return s 15072} 15073 15074// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 15075func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { 15076 s.Description = &v 15077 return s 15078} 15079 15080// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 15081func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { 15082 s.IsModifiable = &v 15083 return s 15084} 15085 15086// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 15087func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { 15088 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 15089 return s 15090} 15091 15092// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. 15093func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { 15094 s.ParameterName = &v 15095 return s 15096} 15097 15098// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. 15099func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { 15100 s.ParameterValue = &v 15101 return s 15102} 15103 15104// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 15105func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { 15106 s.Source = &v 15107 return s 15108} 15109 15110// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 15111// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 15112type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct { 15113 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15114 15115 // Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, 15116 // these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. 15117 LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"` 15118 15119 // Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, 15120 // these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. 15121 LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"` 15122} 15123 15124// String returns the string representation 15125func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string { 15126 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15127} 15128 15129// GoString returns the string representation 15130func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string { 15131 return s.String() 15132} 15133 15134// SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value. 15135func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 15136 s.LogTypesToDisable = v 15137 return s 15138} 15139 15140// SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value. 15141func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 15142 s.LogTypesToEnable = v 15143 return s 15144} 15145 15146// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. 15147type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { 15148 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15149 15150 // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. 15151 Action *string `type:"string"` 15152 15153 // The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance 15154 // action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after 15155 // this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests 15156 // are ignored. 15157 AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15158 15159 // The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the 15160 // resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 15161 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate. 15162 // This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing 15163 // has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. 15164 CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15165 15166 // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. 15167 Description *string `type:"string"` 15168 15169 // The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance 15170 // action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance 15171 // window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in 15172 // requests are ignored. 15173 ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15174 15175 // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. 15176 OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` 15177} 15178 15179// String returns the string representation 15180func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { 15181 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15182} 15183 15184// GoString returns the string representation 15185func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { 15186 return s.String() 15187} 15188 15189// SetAction sets the Action field's value. 15190func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15191 s.Action = &v 15192 return s 15193} 15194 15195// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. 15196func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15197 s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v 15198 return s 15199} 15200 15201// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. 15202func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15203 s.CurrentApplyDate = &v 15204 return s 15205} 15206 15207// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 15208func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15209 s.Description = &v 15210 return s 15211} 15212 15213// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. 15214func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15215 s.ForcedApplyDate = &v 15216 return s 15217} 15218 15219// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. 15220func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 15221 s.OptInStatus = &v 15222 return s 15223} 15224 15225// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action. 15226type PendingModifiedValues struct { 15227 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15228 15229 // Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied 15230 // or is currently being applied. 15231 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 15232 15233 // Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. 15234 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 15235 15236 // Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. 15237 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15238 15239 // Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied 15240 // or is currently being applied. 15241 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 15242 15243 // Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied 15244 // or is currently being applied. 15245 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15246 15247 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. 15248 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15249 15250 // Indicates the database engine version. 15251 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15252 15253 // Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be 15254 // applied or is currently being applied. 15255 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 15256 15257 // The license model for the DB instance. 15258 // 15259 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 15260 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15261 15262 // Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials 15263 // for the DB instance. 15264 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 15265 15266 // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. 15267 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 15268 15269 // This PendingCloudwatchLogsExports structure specifies pending changes to 15270 // which CloudWatch logs are enabled and which are disabled. 15271 PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"` 15272 15273 // Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. 15274 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 15275 15276 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 15277 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 15278} 15279 15280// String returns the string representation 15281func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { 15282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15283} 15284 15285// GoString returns the string representation 15286func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 15287 return s.String() 15288} 15289 15290// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15291func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 15292 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15293 return s 15294} 15295 15296// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 15297func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 15298 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 15299 return s 15300} 15301 15302// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 15303func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15304 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 15305 return s 15306} 15307 15308// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 15309func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15310 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 15311 return s 15312} 15313 15314// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15315func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15316 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15317 return s 15318} 15319 15320// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 15321func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15322 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 15323 return s 15324} 15325 15326// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15327func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15328 s.EngineVersion = &v 15329 return s 15330} 15331 15332// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 15333func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 15334 s.Iops = &v 15335 return s 15336} 15337 15338// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 15339func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15340 s.LicenseModel = &v 15341 return s 15342} 15343 15344// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 15345func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15346 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 15347 return s 15348} 15349 15350// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 15351func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 15352 s.MultiAZ = &v 15353 return s 15354} 15355 15356// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 15357func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues { 15358 s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v 15359 return s 15360} 15361 15362// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 15363func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 15364 s.Port = &v 15365 return s 15366} 15367 15368// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 15369func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 15370 s.StorageType = &v 15371 return s 15372} 15373 15374type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { 15375 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15376 15377 // Not supported. 15378 // 15379 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 15380 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15381} 15382 15383// String returns the string representation 15384func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { 15385 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15386} 15387 15388// GoString returns the string representation 15389func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 15390 return s.String() 15391} 15392 15393// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15394func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 15395 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} 15396 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 15397 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 15398 } 15399 15400 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15401 return invalidParams 15402 } 15403 return nil 15404} 15405 15406// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15407func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { 15408 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15409 return s 15410} 15411 15412type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { 15413 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15414 15415 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 15416 // 15417 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 15418 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 15419} 15420 15421// String returns the string representation 15422func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { 15423 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15424} 15425 15426// GoString returns the string representation 15427func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 15428 return s.String() 15429} 15430 15431// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 15432func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { 15433 s.DBCluster = v 15434 return s 15435} 15436 15437// A range of integer values. 15438type Range struct { 15439 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15440 15441 // The minimum value in the range. 15442 From *int64 `type:"integer"` 15443 15444 // The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 15445 // 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step 15446 // up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value 15447 // for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... 15448 Step *int64 `type:"integer"` 15449 15450 // The maximum value in the range. 15451 To *int64 `type:"integer"` 15452} 15453 15454// String returns the string representation 15455func (s Range) String() string { 15456 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15457} 15458 15459// GoString returns the string representation 15460func (s Range) GoString() string { 15461 return s.String() 15462} 15463 15464// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 15465func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range { 15466 s.From = &v 15467 return s 15468} 15469 15470// SetStep sets the Step field's value. 15471func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range { 15472 s.Step = &v 15473 return s 15474} 15475 15476// SetTo sets the To field's value. 15477func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range { 15478 s.To = &v 15479 return s 15480} 15481 15482type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { 15483 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15484 15485 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 15486 // 15487 // Constraints: 15488 // 15489 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 15490 // 15491 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 15492 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15493 15494 // When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. 15495 // 15496 // Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for 15497 // MultiAZ. 15498 ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` 15499} 15500 15501// String returns the string representation 15502func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { 15503 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15504} 15505 15506// GoString returns the string representation 15507func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 15508 return s.String() 15509} 15510 15511// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15512func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 15513 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} 15514 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 15515 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 15516 } 15517 15518 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15519 return invalidParams 15520 } 15521 return nil 15522} 15523 15524// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15525func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 15526 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15527 return s 15528} 15529 15530// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. 15531func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 15532 s.ForceFailover = &v 15533 return s 15534} 15535 15536type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { 15537 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15538 15539 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 15540 // 15541 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 15542 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 15543} 15544 15545// String returns the string representation 15546func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 15547 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15548} 15549 15550// GoString returns the string representation 15551func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 15552 return s.String() 15553} 15554 15555// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 15556func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { 15557 s.DBInstance = v 15558 return s 15559} 15560 15561type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { 15562 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15563 15564 // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. 15565 // 15566 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 15567 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15568 15569 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB 15570 // cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/NeptuneAccessRole. 15571 // 15572 // RoleArn is a required field 15573 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15574} 15575 15576// String returns the string representation 15577func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { 15578 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15579} 15580 15581// GoString returns the string representation 15582func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 15583 return s.String() 15584} 15585 15586// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15587func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 15588 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} 15589 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 15590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 15591 } 15592 if s.RoleArn == nil { 15593 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 15594 } 15595 15596 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15597 return invalidParams 15598 } 15599 return nil 15600} 15601 15602// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15603func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 15604 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15605 return s 15606} 15607 15608// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 15609func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 15610 s.RoleArn = &v 15611 return s 15612} 15613 15614type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { 15615 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15616} 15617 15618// String returns the string representation 15619func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { 15620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15621} 15622 15623// GoString returns the string representation 15624func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 15625 return s.String() 15626} 15627 15628type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { 15629 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15630 15631 // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB 15632 // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. 15633 // 15634 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 15635 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15636 15637 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to remove a source 15638 // identifier from. 15639 // 15640 // SubscriptionName is a required field 15641 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15642} 15643 15644// String returns the string representation 15645func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { 15646 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15647} 15648 15649// GoString returns the string representation 15650func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 15651 return s.String() 15652} 15653 15654// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15655func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 15656 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} 15657 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 15658 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 15659 } 15660 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 15661 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 15662 } 15663 15664 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15665 return invalidParams 15666 } 15667 return nil 15668} 15669 15670// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 15671func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 15672 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 15673 return s 15674} 15675 15676// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 15677func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 15678 s.SubscriptionName = &v 15679 return s 15680} 15681 15682type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { 15683 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15684 15685 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 15686 // action. 15687 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 15688} 15689 15690// String returns the string representation 15691func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 15692 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15693} 15694 15695// GoString returns the string representation 15696func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 15697 return s.String() 15698} 15699 15700// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 15701func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { 15702 s.EventSubscription = v 15703 return s 15704} 15705 15706type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 15707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15708 15709 // The Amazon Neptune resource that the tags are removed from. This value is 15710 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see 15711 // Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 15712 // 15713 // ResourceName is a required field 15714 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15715 15716 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 15717 // 15718 // TagKeys is a required field 15719 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 15720} 15721 15722// String returns the string representation 15723func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 15724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15725} 15726 15727// GoString returns the string representation 15728func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 15729 return s.String() 15730} 15731 15732// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15733func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 15734 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 15735 if s.ResourceName == nil { 15736 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 15737 } 15738 if s.TagKeys == nil { 15739 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 15740 } 15741 15742 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15743 return invalidParams 15744 } 15745 return nil 15746} 15747 15748// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 15749func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 15750 s.ResourceName = &v 15751 return s 15752} 15753 15754// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 15755func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 15756 s.TagKeys = v 15757 return s 15758} 15759 15760type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 15761 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15762} 15763 15764// String returns the string representation 15765func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 15766 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15767} 15768 15769// GoString returns the string representation 15770func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 15771 return s.String() 15772} 15773 15774type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 15775 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15776 15777 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. 15778 // 15779 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 15780 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15781 15782 // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the 15783 // default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter 15784 // is set to true. 15785 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 15786 15787 // A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter 15788 // group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter 15789 // if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. 15790 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 15791} 15792 15793// String returns the string representation 15794func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 15795 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15796} 15797 15798// GoString returns the string representation 15799func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 15800 return s.String() 15801} 15802 15803// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15804func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 15805 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 15806 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 15807 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 15808 } 15809 15810 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15811 return invalidParams 15812 } 15813 return nil 15814} 15815 15816// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 15817func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 15818 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 15819 return s 15820} 15821 15822// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 15823func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 15824 s.Parameters = v 15825 return s 15826} 15827 15828// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 15829func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 15830 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 15831 return s 15832} 15833 15834type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 15835 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15836 15837 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 15838 // 15839 // Constraints: 15840 // 15841 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 15842 // 15843 // * First character must be a letter 15844 // 15845 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 15846 // 15847 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 15848 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15849} 15850 15851// String returns the string representation 15852func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 15853 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15854} 15855 15856// GoString returns the string representation 15857func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 15858 return s.String() 15859} 15860 15861// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 15862func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 15863 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 15864 return s 15865} 15866 15867type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { 15868 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15869 15870 // The name of the DB parameter group. 15871 // 15872 // Constraints: 15873 // 15874 // * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 15875 // 15876 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 15877 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15878 15879 // To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name 15880 // and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide 15881 // a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters 15882 // can be modified in a single request. 15883 // 15884 // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot 15885 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 15886 15887 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB 15888 // parameter group to default values. 15889 // 15890 // Default: true 15891 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 15892} 15893 15894// String returns the string representation 15895func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 15896 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15897} 15898 15899// GoString returns the string representation 15900func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 15901 return s.String() 15902} 15903 15904// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15905func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 15906 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} 15907 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 15908 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 15909 } 15910 15911 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15912 return invalidParams 15913 } 15914 return nil 15915} 15916 15917// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15918func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 15919 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15920 return s 15921} 15922 15923// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 15924func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 15925 s.Parameters = v 15926 return s 15927} 15928 15929// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 15930func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 15931 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 15932 return s 15933} 15934 15935type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 15936 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15937 15938 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 15939 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15940} 15941 15942// String returns the string representation 15943func (s ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 15944 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15945} 15946 15947// GoString returns the string representation 15948func (s ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 15949 return s.String() 15950} 15951 15952// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15953func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput { 15954 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15955 return s 15956} 15957 15958// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 15959type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { 15960 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15961 15962 // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the 15963 // resource. 15964 PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` 15965 15966 // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. 15967 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15968} 15969 15970// String returns the string representation 15971func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { 15972 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15973} 15974 15975// GoString returns the string representation 15976func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { 15977 return s.String() 15978} 15979 15980// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. 15981func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 15982 s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v 15983 return s 15984} 15985 15986// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 15987func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 15988 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 15989 return s 15990} 15991 15992type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { 15993 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15994 15995 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored 15996 // DB cluster can be created in. 15997 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 15998 15999 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 16000 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 16001 // 16002 // Constraints: 16003 // 16004 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 16005 // 16006 // * First character must be a letter 16007 // 16008 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16009 // 16010 // Example: my-snapshot-id 16011 // 16012 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16013 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16014 16015 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster. 16016 // 16017 // Constraints: 16018 // 16019 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 16020 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16021 16022 // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. 16023 // 16024 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 16025 // 16026 // Example: mySubnetgroup 16027 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16028 16029 // Not supported. 16030 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 16031 16032 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 16033 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 16034 // deletion protection is disabled. 16035 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 16036 16037 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch 16038 // Logs. 16039 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 16040 16041 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 16042 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 16043 // 16044 // Default: false 16045 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 16046 16047 // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 16048 // 16049 // Default: The same as source 16050 // 16051 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 16052 // 16053 // Engine is a required field 16054 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16055 16056 // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 16057 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16058 16059 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 16060 // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 16061 // 16062 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 16063 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 16064 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 16065 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 16066 // 16067 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 16068 // will occur: 16069 // 16070 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, 16071 // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used 16072 // to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 16073 // 16074 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not 16075 // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. 16076 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 16077 16078 // (Not supported by Neptune) 16079 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16080 16081 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 16082 // 16083 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 16084 // 16085 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 16086 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 16087 16088 // The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. 16089 // 16090 // You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify 16091 // a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB 16092 // snapshot. 16093 // 16094 // Constraints: 16095 // 16096 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. 16097 // 16098 // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field 16099 SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16100 16101 // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. 16102 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 16103 16104 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. 16105 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 16106} 16107 16108// String returns the string representation 16109func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 16110 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16111} 16112 16113// GoString returns the string representation 16114func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 16115 return s.String() 16116} 16117 16118// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16119func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 16120 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} 16121 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16122 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16123 } 16124 if s.Engine == nil { 16125 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 16126 } 16127 if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { 16128 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) 16129 } 16130 16131 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16132 return invalidParams 16133 } 16134 return nil 16135} 16136 16137// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 16138func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16139 s.AvailabilityZones = v 16140 return s 16141} 16142 16143// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16144func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16145 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16146 return s 16147} 16148 16149// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 16150func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16151 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 16152 return s 16153} 16154 16155// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16156func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16157 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16158 return s 16159} 16160 16161// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 16162func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16163 s.DatabaseName = &v 16164 return s 16165} 16166 16167// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 16168func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16169 s.DeletionProtection = &v 16170 return s 16171} 16172 16173// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 16174func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16175 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 16176 return s 16177} 16178 16179// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 16180func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16181 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 16182 return s 16183} 16184 16185// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 16186func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16187 s.Engine = &v 16188 return s 16189} 16190 16191// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16192func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16193 s.EngineVersion = &v 16194 return s 16195} 16196 16197// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 16198func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16199 s.KmsKeyId = &v 16200 return s 16201} 16202 16203// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 16204func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16205 s.OptionGroupName = &v 16206 return s 16207} 16208 16209// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 16210func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16211 s.Port = &v 16212 return s 16213} 16214 16215// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16216func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16217 s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v 16218 return s 16219} 16220 16221// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16222func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16223 s.Tags = v 16224 return s 16225} 16226 16227// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 16228func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 16229 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 16230 return s 16231} 16232 16233type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { 16234 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16235 16236 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 16237 // 16238 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16239 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16240} 16241 16242// String returns the string representation 16243func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 16244 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16245} 16246 16247// GoString returns the string representation 16248func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 16249 return s.String() 16250} 16251 16252// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16253func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { 16254 s.DBCluster = v 16255 return s 16256} 16257 16258type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { 16259 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16260 16261 // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. 16262 // 16263 // Constraints: 16264 // 16265 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 16266 // 16267 // * First character must be a letter 16268 // 16269 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16270 // 16271 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16272 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16273 16274 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster. 16275 // 16276 // Constraints: 16277 // 16278 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 16279 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16280 16281 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. 16282 // 16283 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 16284 // 16285 // Example: mySubnetgroup 16286 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16287 16288 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 16289 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 16290 // deletion protection is disabled. 16291 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 16292 16293 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 16294 // Logs. 16295 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 16296 16297 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 16298 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 16299 // 16300 // Default: false 16301 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 16302 16303 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 16304 // from an encrypted DB cluster. 16305 // 16306 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 16307 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 16308 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 16309 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 16310 // 16311 // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a 16312 // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB 16313 // cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the 16314 // KmsKeyId parameter. 16315 // 16316 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 16317 // will occur: 16318 // 16319 // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted 16320 // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. 16321 // 16322 // * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is 16323 // not encrypted. 16324 // 16325 // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then 16326 // the restore request is rejected. 16327 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 16328 16329 // (Not supported by Neptune) 16330 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16331 16332 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 16333 // 16334 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 16335 // 16336 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 16337 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 16338 16339 // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. 16340 // 16341 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 16342 // 16343 // Constraints: 16344 // 16345 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 16346 // 16347 // * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided 16348 // 16349 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 16350 // 16351 // * Cannot be specified if RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write 16352 // 16353 // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z 16354 RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16355 16356 // The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following 16357 // values: 16358 // 16359 // * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source 16360 // DB cluster. 16361 // 16362 // * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source 16363 // DB cluster. 16364 // 16365 // If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored 16366 // as a full copy of the source DB cluster. 16367 RestoreType *string `type:"string"` 16368 16369 // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. 16370 // 16371 // Constraints: 16372 // 16373 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 16374 // 16375 // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16376 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16377 16378 // The tags to be applied to the restored DB cluster. 16379 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 16380 16381 // A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable 16382 // backup time, and false otherwise. 16383 // 16384 // Default: false 16385 // 16386 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. 16387 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 16388 16389 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. 16390 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 16391} 16392 16393// String returns the string representation 16394func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 16395 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16396} 16397 16398// GoString returns the string representation 16399func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 16400 return s.String() 16401} 16402 16403// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16404func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 16405 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} 16406 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16407 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16408 } 16409 if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16410 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) 16411 } 16412 16413 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16414 return invalidParams 16415 } 16416 return nil 16417} 16418 16419// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16420func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16421 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16422 return s 16423} 16424 16425// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 16426func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16427 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 16428 return s 16429} 16430 16431// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16432func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16433 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16434 return s 16435} 16436 16437// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 16438func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16439 s.DeletionProtection = &v 16440 return s 16441} 16442 16443// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 16444func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16445 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 16446 return s 16447} 16448 16449// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 16450func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16451 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 16452 return s 16453} 16454 16455// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 16456func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16457 s.KmsKeyId = &v 16458 return s 16459} 16460 16461// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 16462func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16463 s.OptionGroupName = &v 16464 return s 16465} 16466 16467// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 16468func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16469 s.Port = &v 16470 return s 16471} 16472 16473// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. 16474func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16475 s.RestoreToTime = &v 16476 return s 16477} 16478 16479// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value. 16480func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16481 s.RestoreType = &v 16482 return s 16483} 16484 16485// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16486func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16487 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 16488 return s 16489} 16490 16491// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16492func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16493 s.Tags = v 16494 return s 16495} 16496 16497// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 16498func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16499 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 16500 return s 16501} 16502 16503// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 16504func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 16505 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 16506 return s 16507} 16508 16509type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { 16510 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16511 16512 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 16513 // 16514 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16515 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16516} 16517 16518// String returns the string representation 16519func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 16520 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16521} 16522 16523// GoString returns the string representation 16524func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 16525 return s.String() 16526} 16527 16528// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16529func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { 16530 s.DBCluster = v 16531 return s 16532} 16533 16534type StartDBClusterInput struct { 16535 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16536 16537 // The DB cluster identifier of the Neptune DB cluster to be started. This parameter 16538 // is stored as a lowercase string. 16539 // 16540 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16541 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16542} 16543 16544// String returns the string representation 16545func (s StartDBClusterInput) String() string { 16546 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16547} 16548 16549// GoString returns the string representation 16550func (s StartDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16551 return s.String() 16552} 16553 16554// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16555func (s *StartDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16556 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBClusterInput"} 16557 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16558 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16559 } 16560 16561 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16562 return invalidParams 16563 } 16564 return nil 16565} 16566 16567// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16568func (s *StartDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StartDBClusterInput { 16569 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16570 return s 16571} 16572 16573type StartDBClusterOutput struct { 16574 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16575 16576 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 16577 // 16578 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16579 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16580} 16581 16582// String returns the string representation 16583func (s StartDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16584 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16585} 16586 16587// GoString returns the string representation 16588func (s StartDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16589 return s.String() 16590} 16591 16592// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16593func (s *StartDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StartDBClusterOutput { 16594 s.DBCluster = v 16595 return s 16596} 16597 16598type StopDBClusterInput struct { 16599 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16600 16601 // The DB cluster identifier of the Neptune DB cluster to be stopped. This parameter 16602 // is stored as a lowercase string. 16603 // 16604 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16605 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16606} 16607 16608// String returns the string representation 16609func (s StopDBClusterInput) String() string { 16610 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16611} 16612 16613// GoString returns the string representation 16614func (s StopDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16615 return s.String() 16616} 16617 16618// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16619func (s *StopDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16620 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBClusterInput"} 16621 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16622 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16623 } 16624 16625 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16626 return invalidParams 16627 } 16628 return nil 16629} 16630 16631// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16632func (s *StopDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StopDBClusterInput { 16633 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16634 return s 16635} 16636 16637type StopDBClusterOutput struct { 16638 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16639 16640 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 16641 // 16642 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16643 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16644} 16645 16646// String returns the string representation 16647func (s StopDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16648 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16649} 16650 16651// GoString returns the string representation 16652func (s StopDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16653 return s.String() 16654} 16655 16656// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16657func (s *StopDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StopDBClusterOutput { 16658 s.DBCluster = v 16659 return s 16660} 16661 16662// Specifies a subnet. 16663// 16664// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 16665// action. 16666type Subnet struct { 16667 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16668 16669 // Specifies the EC2 Availability Zone that the subnet is in. 16670 SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 16671 16672 // Specifies the identifier of the subnet. 16673 SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16674 16675 // Specifies the status of the subnet. 16676 SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` 16677} 16678 16679// String returns the string representation 16680func (s Subnet) String() string { 16681 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16682} 16683 16684// GoString returns the string representation 16685func (s Subnet) GoString() string { 16686 return s.String() 16687} 16688 16689// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. 16690func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { 16691 s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v 16692 return s 16693} 16694 16695// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. 16696func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { 16697 s.SubnetIdentifier = &v 16698 return s 16699} 16700 16701// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. 16702func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { 16703 s.SubnetStatus = &v 16704 return s 16705} 16706 16707// Metadata assigned to an Amazon Neptune resource consisting of a key-value 16708// pair. 16709type Tag struct { 16710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16711 16712 // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 16713 // 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". 16714 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 16715 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 16716 Key *string `type:"string"` 16717 16718 // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 16719 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or 16720 // "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, 16721 // white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 16722 Value *string `type:"string"` 16723} 16724 16725// String returns the string representation 16726func (s Tag) String() string { 16727 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16728} 16729 16730// GoString returns the string representation 16731func (s Tag) GoString() string { 16732 return s.String() 16733} 16734 16735// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 16736func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 16737 s.Key = &v 16738 return s 16739} 16740 16741// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 16742func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 16743 s.Value = &v 16744 return s 16745} 16746 16747// A time zone associated with a DBInstance. 16748type Timezone struct { 16749 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16750 16751 // The name of the time zone. 16752 TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` 16753} 16754 16755// String returns the string representation 16756func (s Timezone) String() string { 16757 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16758} 16759 16760// GoString returns the string representation 16761func (s Timezone) GoString() string { 16762 return s.String() 16763} 16764 16765// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. 16766func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { 16767 s.TimezoneName = &v 16768 return s 16769} 16770 16771// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 16772type UpgradeTarget struct { 16773 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16774 16775 // A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source 16776 // DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. 16777 AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 16778 16779 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 16780 Description *string `type:"string"` 16781 16782 // The name of the upgrade target database engine. 16783 Engine *string `type:"string"` 16784 16785 // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. 16786 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16787 16788 // A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. 16789 IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 16790} 16791 16792// String returns the string representation 16793func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { 16794 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16795} 16796 16797// GoString returns the string representation 16798func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { 16799 return s.String() 16800} 16801 16802// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. 16803func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 16804 s.AutoUpgrade = &v 16805 return s 16806} 16807 16808// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 16809func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 16810 s.Description = &v 16811 return s 16812} 16813 16814// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 16815func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 16816 s.Engine = &v 16817 return s 16818} 16819 16820// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16821func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 16822 s.EngineVersion = &v 16823 return s 16824} 16825 16826// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 16827func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 16828 s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 16829 return s 16830} 16831 16832// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 16833// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 16834// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 16835type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct { 16836 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16837 16838 // Valid storage options for your DB instance. 16839 Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"` 16840} 16841 16842// String returns the string representation 16843func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string { 16844 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16845} 16846 16847// GoString returns the string representation 16848func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string { 16849 return s.String() 16850} 16851 16852// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value. 16853func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 16854 s.Storage = v 16855 return s 16856} 16857 16858// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 16859// 16860// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 16861// action. 16862type ValidStorageOptions struct { 16863 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16864 16865 // The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For 16866 // example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 16867 // times storage. 16868 IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"` 16869 16870 // The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. 16871 ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 16872 16873 // The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. 16874 StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 16875 16876 // The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. 16877 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 16878} 16879 16880// String returns the string representation 16881func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string { 16882 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16883} 16884 16885// GoString returns the string representation 16886func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string { 16887 return s.String() 16888} 16889 16890// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value. 16891func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions { 16892 s.IopsToStorageRatio = v 16893 return s 16894} 16895 16896// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value. 16897func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 16898 s.ProvisionedIops = v 16899 return s 16900} 16901 16902// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value. 16903func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 16904 s.StorageSize = v 16905 return s 16906} 16907 16908// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16909func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions { 16910 s.StorageType = &v 16911 return s 16912} 16913 16914// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security 16915// group membership. 16916type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { 16917 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16918 16919 // The status of the VPC security group. 16920 Status *string `type:"string"` 16921 16922 // The name of the VPC security group. 16923 VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 16924} 16925 16926// String returns the string representation 16927func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 16928 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16929} 16930 16931// GoString returns the string representation 16932func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 16933 return s.String() 16934} 16935 16936// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16937func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 16938 s.Status = &v 16939 return s 16940} 16941 16942// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. 16943func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 16944 s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v 16945 return s 16946} 16947 16948const ( 16949 // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value 16950 ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" 16951 16952 // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value 16953 ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" 16954) 16955 16956const ( 16957 // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value 16958 SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" 16959 16960 // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value 16961 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" 16962 16963 // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value 16964 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" 16965 16966 // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 16967 SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" 16968 16969 // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value 16970 SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" 16971 16972 // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 16973 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" 16974) 16975